(cvs-parse-run-table): Remove misleading text.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
230
231 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
232
233 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
234 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
235
236 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
237 over them. */
238
239 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
240
241 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
242
243 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
244
245 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
246
247 int tool_bar_button_relief;
248
249 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
250 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
251
252 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
253
254 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
255
256 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
257
258 /* Non-zero means Lisp evaluation during redisplay is inhibited. */
259
260 int inhibit_eval_during_redisplay;
261
262 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
265 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
266
267 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
268
269 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
270 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
271 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
272 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
273
274 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
275
276 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
277
278 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
281
282 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
283 images in Lisp. */
284
285 Lisp_Object Qimage;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
288 message. */
289
290 int noninteractive_need_newline;
291
292 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
293
294 static int message_log_need_newline;
295
296 \f
297 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
298 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
299 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
300 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
303
304 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
305 terminating newline. */
306
307 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
308
309 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
310
311 static int this_line_vpos;
312 static int this_line_y;
313 static int this_line_pixel_height;
314
315 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
316 negative if first character is partially visible. */
317
318 static int this_line_start_x;
319
320 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
321
322 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
323
324 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
325 frame. */
326
327 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
328
329 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
330
331 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
332
333 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
334 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
335 frame-title-format. */
336
337 int multiple_frames;
338
339 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
340
341 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
342
343 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
344
345 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
346
347 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
348
349 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
350 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
351 numerical position. */
352
353 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
354
355 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
356
357 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
358
359 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
360
361 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
362
363 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
364 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
365 have changed. */
366
367 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
368
369 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
370
371 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
372
373 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
374
375 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
376
377 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
378
379 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
380 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
381
382 static int scroll_step;
383
384 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
385 screen, when appropriate. */
386
387 static int scroll_conservatively;
388
389 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
390 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
391 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
392 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
393
394 int scroll_margin;
395
396 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
397 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
398 this. */
399
400 int buffer_shared;
401
402 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
403
404 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
405
406 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
407 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
408 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
409
410 This variable is deprecated. */
411
412 int mode_line_inverse_video;
413
414 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
415
416 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
417
418 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
419 of the line that contains the prompt. */
420
421 int minibuf_prompt_width;
422 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
423
424 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
425 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
426 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
427
428 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
429
430 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
431 pushes the current message and the value of
432 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
433 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
434
435 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
436
437 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
438 message was specified. */
439
440 int message_enable_multibyte;
441
442 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
443
444 int update_mode_lines;
445
446 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
447 redisplay that finished */
448
449 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
450
451 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
452 line number. */
453
454 int line_number_displayed;
455
456 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
457
458 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
459
460 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
461
462 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
463
464 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
465 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
466
467 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
468
469 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
470
471 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
472
473 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
474 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
475
476 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
477
478 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
479
480 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
481
482 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
483
484 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
485
486 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
487 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
488
489 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
490
491 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
492 message. */
493
494 int message_buf_print;
495
496 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
497
498 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update;
499 int inhibit_menubar_update;
500
501 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
502 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
503 specifying a number of lines. */
504
505 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
506
507 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
508 lines instead of being continued. */
509
510 int message_truncate_lines;
511 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
512
513 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
514 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
515
516 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
517
518 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
519 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
520
521 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
522 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
523 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
524
525 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
526
527 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
528
529 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
530
531 int help_echo_showing_p;
532
533 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
534 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
535 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
536
537 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
538
539 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
540 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
541 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
542 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
543 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
544
545 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
546
547 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
548
549 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
550 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
551
552 int trace_redisplay_p;
553
554 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
555
556 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
557 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
558 int trace_move;
559
560 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
561 #else
562 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
563 #endif
564
565 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
566 point visible. */
567
568 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
569
570 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
571
572 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
573
574 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
575 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
576 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
577 become empty. */
578
579 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
580
581 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
582
583 enum prop_handled
584 {
585 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
586 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
587 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
588 HANDLED_RETURN
589 };
590
591 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
592 in. */
593
594 struct props
595 {
596 /* The name of the property. */
597 Lisp_Object *name;
598
599 /* A unique index for the property. */
600 enum prop_idx idx;
601
602 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
603 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
604 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
605 };
606
607 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
608 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
609 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
610 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
611 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
612 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
613
614 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
615
616 static struct props it_props[] =
617 {
618 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
619 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
620 `display' need to know the face. */
621 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
622 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
623 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
624 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
625 {NULL, 0, NULL}
626 };
627
628 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
629 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
630
631 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
632
633 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
634
635 enum move_it_result
636 {
637 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
638 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
639
640 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
641 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
642
643 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
644 MOVE_X_REACHED,
645
646 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
647 continued. */
648 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
649
650 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
651 be displayed truncated. */
652 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
653
654 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
655 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
656 };
657
658
659 \f
660 /* Function prototypes. */
661
662 static void mark_window_display_accurate_1 P_ ((struct window *, int));
663 static int single_display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
664 static int display_prop_string_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
665 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
666 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
667 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
668 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
669 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
670 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
671 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
672 struct text_pos));
673 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
674 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
675 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
676 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
677 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
678 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
679 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
680 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
681 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
682 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
683 struct glyph_row *,
684 struct glyph_row *));
685 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
686 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
687 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
688 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
689 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
690 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
691 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
692 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
693 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
694 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
696 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
697 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
698 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
699 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
700 struct text_pos));
701 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
702 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
703 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
704 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
705 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
706 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
707 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
708 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
709 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
710 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
711 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
712 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
713 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
714 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
715 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
716 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
717 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
718 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
719 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
720 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
721 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
722 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
723 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
724 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
725 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
726 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
727 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
728 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
729 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
730 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
731 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
732 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
733 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
734 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
738 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
739 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
740 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
741 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
742 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
743 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
744 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
745 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
746 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
747 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
748 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
749 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
750 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
751 struct display_pos *));
752 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
753 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
754 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
755 int, int, int));
756 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
757 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
758 struct glyph_row *));
759 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
760 struct glyph_row *));
761 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
762 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
763 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
764 Lisp_Object, int));
765 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
766 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
767 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
768 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
769 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
770 Lisp_Object));
771 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
772 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
773 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
774 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *,
775 int));
776 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
777 static int in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p P_ ((struct display_pos *,
778 struct window *));
779
780 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
781 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
782
783 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
784
785 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
786 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
787 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
788 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
789
790 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
791
792 \f
793 /***********************************************************************
794 Window display dimensions
795 ***********************************************************************/
796
797 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
798 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
799 mode line, if any. */
800
801 INLINE int
802 window_text_bottom_y (w)
803 struct window *w;
804 {
805 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
806 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
807
808 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
809 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
810 return height;
811 }
812
813
814 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
815 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
816 the left and right of the window. */
817
818 INLINE int
819 window_box_width (w, area)
820 struct window *w;
821 int area;
822 {
823 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
824 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
825
826 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
827 {
828 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
829
830 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
831 {
832 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
833 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
834 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
835 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
836 }
837 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
838 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
839 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
840 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
841 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
842 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
843 }
844
845 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
846 }
847
848
849 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
850 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
851
852 INLINE int
853 window_box_height (w)
854 struct window *w;
855 {
856 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
857 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
858
859 xassert (height >= 0);
860
861 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
862 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
863 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
864 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
865 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
866
867 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
868 {
869 struct glyph_row *ml_row
870 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
871 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
872 : 0);
873 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
874 height -= ml_row->height;
875 else
876 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
877 }
878
879 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
880 {
881 struct glyph_row *hl_row
882 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
883 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
884 : 0);
885 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
886 height -= hl_row->height;
887 else
888 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
889 }
890
891 return height;
892 }
893
894
895 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
896 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
897 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
898 W. */
899
900 INLINE int
901 window_box_left (w, area)
902 struct window *w;
903 int area;
904 {
905 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
906 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
907
908 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
909 {
910 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
911 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
912
913 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
914 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
915 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
916 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
917 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
918 }
919
920 return x;
921 }
922
923
924 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
925 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
926 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
927 W. */
928
929 INLINE int
930 window_box_right (w, area)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 {
934 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
935 }
936
937
938 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
939 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
940 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
941 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
942 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
943 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
944
945 INLINE void
946 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
947 struct window *w;
948 int area;
949 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
950 {
951 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
952
953 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
954 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
955 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
956 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
957 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
958 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
959 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
960 }
961
962
963 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
964 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
965 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
966 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
967 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
968 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
969 box. */
970
971 INLINE void
972 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
973 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
974 struct window *w;
975 int area;
976 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
977 {
978 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
979 bottom_right_y);
980 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
981 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
982 }
983
984
985 \f
986 /***********************************************************************
987 Utilities
988 ***********************************************************************/
989
990 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
991 This can modify IT's settings. */
992
993 int
994 line_bottom_y (it)
995 struct it *it;
996 {
997 int line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
998 int line_top_y = it->current_y;
999
1000 if (line_height == 0)
1001 {
1002 if (last_height)
1003 line_height = last_height;
1004 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
1005 {
1006 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
1007 line_height = (it->max_ascent || it->max_descent
1008 ? it->max_ascent + it->max_descent
1009 : last_height);
1010 }
1011 else
1012 {
1013 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
1014
1015 /* Use the default character height. */
1016 it->glyph_row = NULL;
1017 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
1018 it->c = ' ';
1019 it->len = 1;
1020 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
1021 line_height = it->ascent + it->descent;
1022 it->glyph_row = row;
1023 }
1024 }
1025
1026 return line_top_y + line_height;
1027 }
1028
1029
1030 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
1031 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
1032 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
1033 and header-lines heights. */
1034
1035 int
1036 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1037 struct window *w;
1038 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
1039 {
1040 struct it it;
1041 struct text_pos top;
1042 int visible_p;
1043 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
1044
1045 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
1046 {
1047 old_buffer = current_buffer;
1048 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
1049 }
1050
1051 *fully = visible_p = 0;
1052 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
1053
1054 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
1055 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1056 {
1057 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1058 current_mode_line_height
1059 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1060 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1061
1062 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1063 current_header_line_height
1064 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1065 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1066 }
1067
1068 start_display (&it, w, top);
1069 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1070 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1071
1072 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1073 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1074 {
1075 int top_y = it.current_y;
1076 int bottom_y = line_bottom_y (&it);
1077 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1078
1079 if (top_y < window_top_y)
1080 visible_p = bottom_y > window_top_y;
1081 else if (top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1082 {
1083 visible_p = 1;
1084 *fully = bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1085 }
1086 }
1087 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1088 {
1089 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1090 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1091 {
1092 visible_p = 1;
1093 *fully = 0;
1094 }
1095 }
1096
1097 if (old_buffer)
1098 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1099
1100 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1101 return visible_p;
1102 }
1103
1104
1105 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1106 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1107 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1108 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1109 character. */
1110
1111 static INLINE int
1112 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1113 unsigned char *str;
1114 int maxlen, *len;
1115 {
1116 int c;
1117
1118 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1119 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1120 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1121 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1122 characters. */
1123 c = '?';
1124
1125 return c;
1126 }
1127
1128
1129
1130 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1131 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1132
1133 static struct text_pos
1134 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1135 struct text_pos pos;
1136 Lisp_Object string;
1137 int nchars;
1138 {
1139 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1140
1141 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1142 {
1143 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1144 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1145 int len;
1146
1147 while (nchars--)
1148 {
1149 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1150 p += len, rest -= len;
1151 xassert (rest >= 0);
1152 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1153 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1154 }
1155 }
1156 else
1157 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1158
1159 return pos;
1160 }
1161
1162
1163 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1164 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1165
1166 static INLINE struct text_pos
1167 string_pos (charpos, string)
1168 int charpos;
1169 Lisp_Object string;
1170 {
1171 struct text_pos pos;
1172 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1173 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1174 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1175 return pos;
1176 }
1177
1178
1179 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1180 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1181 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1182
1183 static struct text_pos
1184 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1185 int charpos;
1186 unsigned char *s;
1187 int multibyte_p;
1188 {
1189 struct text_pos pos;
1190
1191 xassert (s != NULL);
1192 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1193
1194 if (multibyte_p)
1195 {
1196 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1197
1198 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1199 while (charpos--)
1200 {
1201 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1202 s += len, rest -= len;
1203 xassert (rest >= 0);
1204 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1205 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1206 }
1207 }
1208 else
1209 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1210
1211 return pos;
1212 }
1213
1214
1215 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1216 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1217
1218 static int
1219 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1220 unsigned char *s;
1221 int multibyte_p;
1222 {
1223 int nchars;
1224
1225 if (multibyte_p)
1226 {
1227 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1228 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1229
1230 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1231 {
1232 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1233 rest -= len, p += len;
1234 }
1235 }
1236 else
1237 nchars = strlen (s);
1238
1239 return nchars;
1240 }
1241
1242
1243 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1244 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1245 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1246
1247 static void
1248 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1249 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1250 Lisp_Object string;
1251 {
1252 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1253 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1254
1255 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1256 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1257 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1258 else
1259 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1260 }
1261
1262
1263 \f
1264 /***********************************************************************
1265 Lisp form evaluation
1266 ***********************************************************************/
1267
1268 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1269
1270 static Lisp_Object
1271 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1272 Lisp_Object arg;
1273 {
1274 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1275 return Qnil;
1276 }
1277
1278
1279 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1280 wrong. */
1281
1282 Lisp_Object
1283 safe_eval (sexpr)
1284 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1285 {
1286 Lisp_Object val;
1287
1288 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1289 val = Qnil;
1290 else
1291 {
1292 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1293 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1294
1295 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1296 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1297 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror,
1298 safe_eval_handler);
1299 UNGCPRO;
1300 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1301 }
1302
1303 return val;
1304 }
1305
1306
1307 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1308 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1309
1310 Lisp_Object
1311 safe_call (nargs, args)
1312 int nargs;
1313 Lisp_Object *args;
1314 {
1315 Lisp_Object val;
1316
1317 if (inhibit_eval_during_redisplay)
1318 val = Qnil;
1319 else
1320 {
1321 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1322 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1323
1324 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1325 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1326 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1327 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1328 safe_eval_handler);
1329 UNGCPRO;
1330 val = unbind_to (count, val);
1331 }
1332
1333 return val;
1334 }
1335
1336
1337 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1338 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1339
1340 Lisp_Object
1341 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1342 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1343 {
1344 Lisp_Object args[2];
1345 args[0] = fn;
1346 args[1] = arg;
1347 return safe_call (2, args);
1348 }
1349
1350
1351 \f
1352 /***********************************************************************
1353 Debugging
1354 ***********************************************************************/
1355
1356 #if 0
1357
1358 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1359 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1360
1361 static void
1362 check_it (it)
1363 struct it *it;
1364 {
1365 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1366 {
1367 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1368 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1369 }
1370 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1371 {
1372 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1373 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1374 }
1375
1376 if (it->dpvec)
1377 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1378 else
1379 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1380 }
1381
1382 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1383
1384 #else /* not 0 */
1385
1386 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1387
1388 #endif /* not 0 */
1389
1390
1391 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1392
1393 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1394 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1395
1396 static void
1397 check_window_end (w)
1398 struct window *w;
1399 {
1400 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1401 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1402 {
1403 struct glyph_row *row;
1404 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1405 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1406 !row->enabled_p
1407 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1408 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1409 }
1410 }
1411
1412 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1413
1414 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1415
1416 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1417
1418 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1419
1420
1421 \f
1422 /***********************************************************************
1423 Iterator initialization
1424 ***********************************************************************/
1425
1426 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1427 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1428 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1429 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1430 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1431
1432 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1433 will produce glyphs in that row.
1434
1435 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1436 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1437 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1438 displaying the tool-bar.
1439
1440 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1441 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1442 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1443
1444 void
1445 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1446 struct it *it;
1447 struct window *w;
1448 int charpos, bytepos;
1449 struct glyph_row *row;
1450 enum face_id base_face_id;
1451 {
1452 int highlight_region_p;
1453
1454 /* Some precondition checks. */
1455 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1456 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1457
1458 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1459 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1460 that might have changed. */
1461 if (face_change_count)
1462 {
1463 face_change_count = 0;
1464 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1465 }
1466
1467 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1468 appropriate. */
1469 if (row == NULL)
1470 {
1471 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1472 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1473 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1474 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Clear IT. */
1478 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1479 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1480 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1481 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1482
1483 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1484 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1485 it->w = w;
1486 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1487
1488 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1489 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1490 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1491 {
1492 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1493 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1494 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1495 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1496 }
1497
1498 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1499 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1500 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1501 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1502 if (
1503 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1504 noninteractive &&
1505 #endif
1506 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1507 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1508 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1509 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1510
1511 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1512 it->space_width = Qnil;
1513 it->font_height = Qnil;
1514
1515 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1516 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1517
1518 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1519 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1520 invisible. */
1521 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1522 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1523 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1524 ? -1 : 0));
1525 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1526 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1527
1528 /* Display table to use. */
1529 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1530
1531 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1532 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1533
1534 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1535 highlight_region_p
1536 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1537 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1538 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1539
1540 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1541 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1542 -1 to indicate no region. */
1543 if (highlight_region_p
1544 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1545 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1546 highlight_nonselected_windows
1547 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1548 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1549 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1550 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1551 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1552 && WINDOWP (Vminibuf_scroll_window)
1553 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1554 {
1555 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1556 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1557 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1558 }
1559 else
1560 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1561
1562 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1563 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1564 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1565 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1566 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1567 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1568 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1569 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1570
1571 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1572 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1573 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1574 it->tab_width = 8;
1575
1576 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1577 it->truncate_lines_p
1578 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1579 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1580 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1581 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1582 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1583
1584 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1585 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1586 frames. */
1587 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1588 {
1589 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1590 {
1591 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1592 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1593 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1594 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1595 }
1596 else
1597 {
1598 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1599 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1600 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1601 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1602 }
1603
1604 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1605 above has changed them. */
1606 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1607 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1608 }
1609
1610 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1611 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1612 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1613 it->glyph_row = row;
1614 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1615
1616 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1617 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1618 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1619 start of this total display area. */
1620 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1621 {
1622 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1623 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1624 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1625 }
1626 else
1627 {
1628 it->first_visible_x
1629 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1630 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1631 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1632
1633 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1634 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1635 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1636 for window-based redisplay. */
1637 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1638 {
1639 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1640 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1641 else
1642 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1643 }
1644
1645 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1646 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1647 }
1648
1649 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1650 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1651 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1652 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1653
1654 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1655
1656 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1657 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1658 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1659 {
1660 struct face *face;
1661
1662 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1663
1664 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1665 with a left box line. */
1666 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1667 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1668 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1669 }
1670
1671 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1672 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1673 if (charpos > 0)
1674 {
1675 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1676 it->face_id = -1;
1677 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1678
1679 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1680 if (bytepos <= 0)
1681 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1682 else
1683 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1684
1685 /* Compute faces etc. */
1686 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1687 }
1688
1689 CHECK_IT (it);
1690 }
1691
1692
1693 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1694
1695 void
1696 start_display (it, w, pos)
1697 struct it *it;
1698 struct window *w;
1699 struct text_pos pos;
1700 {
1701 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1702 struct glyph_row *row;
1703 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1704 int first_y;
1705
1706 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1707 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1708 first_y = it->current_y;
1709
1710 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1711 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1712 account. */
1713 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1714 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1715 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1716 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1717
1718 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1719 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1720 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1721 {
1722 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1723
1724 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1725 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1726 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1727 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1728 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1729 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1730 {
1731 if (it->current_x > 0)
1732 {
1733 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1734 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1735 {
1736 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1737 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1738 }
1739
1740 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1741 }
1742
1743 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1744 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1745 fields in the iterator structure. */
1746 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1747 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1748 }
1749
1750 it->current_y = first_y;
1751 it->vpos = 0;
1752 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1753 }
1754
1755 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1756 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1757 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1758
1759 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1760 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1761 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1762 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1763 #endif /* 0 */
1764 }
1765
1766
1767 /* Return 1 if POS is a position in ellipses displayed for invisible
1768 text. W is the window we display, for text property lookup. */
1769
1770 static int
1771 in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w)
1772 struct display_pos *pos;
1773 struct window *w;
1774 {
1775 Lisp_Object prop, window;
1776 int ellipses_p = 0;
1777 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos);
1778
1779 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1780 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1781 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1782 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1783 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0
1784 && pos->overlay_string_index < 0
1785 && CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) < 0
1786 && charpos > BEGV
1787 && (XSETWINDOW (window, w),
1788 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos),
1789 Qinvisible, window),
1790 !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)))
1791 {
1792 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (charpos - 1), Qinvisible,
1793 window);
1794 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
1795 && TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop))
1796 ellipses_p = 1;
1797 }
1798
1799 return ellipses_p;
1800 }
1801
1802
1803 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1804 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1805 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1806
1807 static void
1808 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1809 struct it *it;
1810 struct window *w;
1811 struct display_pos *pos;
1812 {
1813 int charpos = CHARPOS (pos->pos), bytepos = BYTEPOS (pos->pos);
1814
1815 /* If POS specifies a position in a display vector, this might
1816 be for an ellipsis displayed for invisible text. We won't
1817 get the iterator set up for delivering that ellipsis unless
1818 we make sure that it gets aware of the invisible text. */
1819 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (pos, w))
1820 {
1821 --charpos;
1822 bytepos = 0;
1823 }
1824
1825 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1826 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1827 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1828 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1829 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1830 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1831 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1832 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1833 after-string. */
1834 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1835
1836 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1837 the right overlay string. */
1838 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1839 {
1840 int relative_index;
1841
1842 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1843 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1844 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1845 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1846 {
1847 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1848 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1849 while (n--)
1850 {
1851 load_overlay_strings (it);
1852 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1853 }
1854 }
1855
1856 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1857 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1858 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1859 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1860 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1861 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1862 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1863 }
1864 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1865 {
1866 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1867 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1868 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1869 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1870 while (it->sp)
1871 pop_it (it);
1872 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1873 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1874 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1875 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1876 }
1877
1878 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1879 {
1880 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1881 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1882 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1883 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1884 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1885 }
1886
1887 /* Restore position in display vector translations, control
1888 character translations or ellipses. */
1889 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1890 {
1891 if (it->dpvec == NULL)
1892 get_next_display_element (it);
1893 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1894 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1895 }
1896
1897 CHECK_IT (it);
1898 }
1899
1900
1901 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1902 starting at ROW->start. */
1903
1904 static void
1905 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1906 struct it *it;
1907 struct window *w;
1908 struct glyph_row *row;
1909 {
1910 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1911 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1912 CHECK_IT (it);
1913 }
1914
1915
1916 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1917 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1918
1919 static void
1920 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1921 struct it *it;
1922 struct window *w;
1923 struct glyph_row *row;
1924 {
1925 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1926
1927 if (row->continued_p)
1928 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1929 + row->pixel_width);
1930 CHECK_IT (it);
1931 }
1932
1933
1934
1935 \f
1936 /***********************************************************************
1937 Text properties
1938 ***********************************************************************/
1939
1940 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1941 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1942 to stop. */
1943
1944 static void
1945 handle_stop (it)
1946 struct it *it;
1947 {
1948 enum prop_handled handled;
1949 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1950 struct props *p;
1951
1952 it->dpvec = NULL;
1953 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1954
1955 do
1956 {
1957 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1958
1959 /* Call text property handlers. */
1960 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1961 {
1962 handled = p->handler (it);
1963
1964 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1965 break;
1966 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1967 return;
1968 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1969 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1970 }
1971
1972 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1973 {
1974 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1975 characters from a display vector. */
1976 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1977 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1978
1979 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1980 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1981 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1982
1983 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1984 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1985 compute_stop_pos (it);
1986 }
1987 }
1988 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1989 }
1990
1991
1992 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1993 information for IT's current position. */
1994
1995 static void
1996 compute_stop_pos (it)
1997 struct it *it;
1998 {
1999 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
2000 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
2001
2002 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
2003 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2004
2005 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2006 {
2007 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
2008 properties. */
2009 object = it->string;
2010 limit = Qnil;
2011 position = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2012 }
2013 else
2014 {
2015 int charpos;
2016
2017 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
2018 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
2019 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
2020 follows. */
2021 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2022 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
2023 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
2024
2025 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
2026 start or end because the face might change there. */
2027 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
2028 {
2029 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
2030 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
2031 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
2032 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
2033 }
2034
2035 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
2036 property changes. */
2037 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
2038 limit = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
2039 position = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2040
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
2044 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
2045 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
2046 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
2047 {
2048 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
2049 struct props *p;
2050
2051 /* Get properties here. */
2052 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2053 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
2054
2055 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
2056 properties. */
2057 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
2058 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
2059 && (NILP (limit)
2060 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
2061 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
2062 {
2063 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
2064 {
2065 Lisp_Object new_value;
2066
2067 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
2068 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
2069 break;
2070 }
2071
2072 if (p->handler)
2073 break;
2074 }
2075
2076 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
2077 {
2078 if (INTEGERP (limit)
2079 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
2080 /* No text property change up to limit. */
2081 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
2082 else
2083 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
2084 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
2085 }
2086 }
2087
2088 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
2089 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2090 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
2091 }
2092
2093
2094 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
2095 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
2096 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2097 xmalloc. */
2098
2099 static int
2100 next_overlay_change (pos)
2101 int pos;
2102 {
2103 int noverlays;
2104 int endpos;
2105 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2106 int len;
2107 int i;
2108
2109 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2110 len = 10;
2111 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2112 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2113 if (noverlays > len)
2114 {
2115 len = noverlays;
2116 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2117 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2121 use its ending point instead. */
2122 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2123 {
2124 Lisp_Object oend;
2125 int oendpos;
2126
2127 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2128 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2129 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2130 }
2131
2132 return endpos;
2133 }
2134
2135
2136 \f
2137 /***********************************************************************
2138 Fontification
2139 ***********************************************************************/
2140
2141 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2142 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2143 regions of text. */
2144
2145 static enum prop_handled
2146 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2147 struct it *it;
2148 {
2149 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2150 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2151
2152 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2153 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2154 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2155 Qfontification_functions. */
2156 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2157 && it->s == NULL
2158 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2159 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2160 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2161 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2162 NILP (prop)))
2163 {
2164 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2165 Lisp_Object val;
2166
2167 val = Vfontification_functions;
2168 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2169 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2170
2171 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2172 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2173 else
2174 {
2175 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2176 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2177
2178 globals = Qnil;
2179 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2180
2181 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2182 {
2183 fn = XCAR (val);
2184
2185 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2186 {
2187 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2188 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2189 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2190 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2191 loop. */
2192 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2193 CONSP (globals);
2194 globals = XCDR (globals))
2195 {
2196 fn = XCAR (globals);
2197 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2198 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2199 }
2200 }
2201 else
2202 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2203 }
2204
2205 UNGCPRO;
2206 }
2207
2208 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2209
2210 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2211 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2212 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2213 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2214 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2215 }
2216
2217 return handled;
2218 }
2219
2220
2221 \f
2222 /***********************************************************************
2223 Faces
2224 ***********************************************************************/
2225
2226 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2227 Called from handle_stop. */
2228
2229 static enum prop_handled
2230 handle_face_prop (it)
2231 struct it *it;
2232 {
2233 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2234
2235 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2236 {
2237 new_face_id
2238 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2239 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2240 it->region_beg_charpos,
2241 it->region_end_charpos,
2242 &next_stop,
2243 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2244 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2245 0);
2246
2247 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2248 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2249 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2250 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2251 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2252 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2253 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2254 {
2255 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2256
2257 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2258 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2259 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2260 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2261 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2262 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2263 it->start_of_box_run_p
2264 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2265 && (it->face_id >= 0
2266 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2267 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2268 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2269 }
2270 }
2271 else
2272 {
2273 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2274
2275 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2276 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2277 else
2278 bufpos = 0;
2279
2280 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2281 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2282 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2283 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2284 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2285 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2286
2287 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2288 it->string,
2289 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2290 bufpos,
2291 it->region_beg_charpos,
2292 it->region_end_charpos,
2293 &next_stop,
2294 base_face_id, 0);
2295
2296 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2297 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2298 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2299 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2300 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2301 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2302 #endif
2303
2304 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2305 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2306 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2307 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2308 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2309 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2310 is really the end. */
2311 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2312 {
2313 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2314 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2315
2316 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2317 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2318 shadow on the left side. */
2319 it->start_of_box_run_p
2320 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2321 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2326 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2327 }
2328
2329
2330 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2331 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2332 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2333 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2334
2335 static int
2336 underlying_face_id (it)
2337 struct it *it;
2338 {
2339 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2340
2341 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2342
2343 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2344 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2345 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2346
2347 return face_id;
2348 }
2349
2350
2351 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2352 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2353 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2354
2355 static int
2356 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2357 struct it *it;
2358 int before_p;
2359 {
2360 int face_id, limit;
2361 int next_check_charpos;
2362 struct text_pos pos;
2363
2364 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2365
2366 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2367 {
2368 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2369
2370 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2371 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2372 string start. */
2373 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2374 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2375 return it->face_id;
2376
2377 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2378 if (before_p)
2379 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2380 else
2381 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2382 composition. */
2383 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2384 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2385 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2386
2387 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2388 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2389 else
2390 bufpos = 0;
2391
2392 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2393
2394 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2395 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2396 it->string,
2397 CHARPOS (pos),
2398 bufpos,
2399 it->region_beg_charpos,
2400 it->region_end_charpos,
2401 &next_check_charpos,
2402 base_face_id, 0);
2403
2404 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2405 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2406 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2407 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2408 {
2409 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2410 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2411 int c, len;
2412 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2413
2414 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2415 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2416 }
2417 }
2418 else
2419 {
2420 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2421 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2422 return it->face_id;
2423
2424 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2425 pos = it->current.pos;
2426
2427 if (before_p)
2428 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2429 else
2430 {
2431 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2432 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2433 composition. */
2434 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2435 else
2436 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2437 }
2438
2439 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2440 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2441 CHARPOS (pos),
2442 it->region_beg_charpos,
2443 it->region_end_charpos,
2444 &next_check_charpos,
2445 limit, 0);
2446
2447 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2448 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2449 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2450 if (it->multibyte_p)
2451 {
2452 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2453 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2454 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2455 }
2456 }
2457
2458 return face_id;
2459 }
2460
2461
2462 \f
2463 /***********************************************************************
2464 Invisible text
2465 ***********************************************************************/
2466
2467 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2468 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2469
2470 static enum prop_handled
2471 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2472 struct it *it;
2473 {
2474 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2475
2476 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2477 {
2478 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2479 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2480
2481 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2482 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2483 property. */
2484 charpos = make_number (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2485 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2486
2487 if (!NILP (prop)
2488 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2489 {
2490 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2491
2492 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2493 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2494 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2495 all the rest of IT->string. */
2496 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2497 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2498 it->string, limit);
2499
2500 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2501 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2502 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2503 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2504 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2505 {
2506 struct text_pos old;
2507 old = it->current.string_pos;
2508 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2509 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2510 }
2511 else
2512 {
2513 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2514 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2515 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2516 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2517 {
2518 next_overlay_string (it);
2519 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2520 finished processing them. */
2521 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2522 }
2523 else
2524 {
2525 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2526 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2527 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2528 }
2529 }
2530 }
2531 }
2532 else
2533 {
2534 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2535 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2536
2537 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2538 pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2539 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2540
2541 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2542 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2543 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2544 {
2545 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2546 invisible text. */
2547 int display_ellipsis_p
2548 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2549
2550 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2551
2552 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2553 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2554 do
2555 {
2556 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2557 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2558 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2559 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2560 invisible property. */
2561 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2562 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2563
2564 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2565 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2566 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2567 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2568 visible_p = 1;
2569 else
2570 {
2571 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2572 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2573 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2574 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2575 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2576 newpos is visible. */
2577 pos = make_number (newpos);
2578 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2579 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2580 }
2581
2582 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2583 skip starting with next_stop. */
2584 if (!visible_p)
2585 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2586 }
2587 while (!visible_p);
2588
2589 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2590 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2591 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2592
2593 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2594 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2595 {
2596 if (it->dp
2597 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2598 {
2599 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2600 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2601 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2602 }
2603 else
2604 {
2605 /* Default `...'. */
2606 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2607 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2608 }
2609
2610 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2611 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2612 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2613 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2614
2615 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2616 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2617 }
2618 }
2619 }
2620
2621 return handled;
2622 }
2623
2624
2625 \f
2626 /***********************************************************************
2627 'display' property
2628 ***********************************************************************/
2629
2630 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2631 Called from handle_stop. */
2632
2633 static enum prop_handled
2634 handle_display_prop (it)
2635 struct it *it;
2636 {
2637 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2638 struct text_pos *position;
2639 int display_replaced_p = 0;
2640
2641 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2642 {
2643 object = it->string;
2644 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2645 }
2646 else
2647 {
2648 object = it->w->buffer;
2649 position = &it->current.pos;
2650 }
2651
2652 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2653 it->font_height = Qnil;
2654 it->space_width = Qnil;
2655 it->voffset = 0;
2656
2657 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2658 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2659 `display' property etc. */
2660 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2661 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2662
2663 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2664 Qdisplay, object);
2665 if (NILP (prop))
2666 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2667
2668 if (CONSP (prop)
2669 /* Simple properties. */
2670 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage)
2671 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace)
2672 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen)
2673 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2674 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2675 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2676 /* Marginal area specifications. */
2677 && !(CONSP (XCAR (prop)) && EQ (XCAR (XCAR (prop)), Qmargin))
2678 && !NILP (XCAR (prop)))
2679 {
2680 for (; CONSP (prop); prop = XCDR (prop))
2681 {
2682 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object,
2683 position, display_replaced_p))
2684 display_replaced_p = 1;
2685 }
2686 }
2687 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2688 {
2689 int i;
2690 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
2691 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, AREF (prop, i), object,
2692 position, display_replaced_p))
2693 display_replaced_p = 1;
2694 }
2695 else
2696 {
2697 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position, 0))
2698 display_replaced_p = 1;
2699 }
2700
2701 return display_replaced_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2702 }
2703
2704
2705 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2706 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2707
2708 static struct text_pos
2709 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2710 struct it *it;
2711 Lisp_Object object;
2712 struct text_pos start_pos;
2713 {
2714 Lisp_Object end;
2715 struct text_pos end_pos;
2716
2717 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2718 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2719 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2720 if (STRINGP (object))
2721 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2722 else
2723 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2724
2725 return end_pos;
2726 }
2727
2728
2729 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2730 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2731 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
2732 means that we previously saw a display sub-property which already
2733 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
2734 ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
2735
2736 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2737 end position of the `display' property.
2738
2739 Value is non-zero something was found which replaces the display
2740 of buffer or string text. */
2741
2742 static int
2743 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position,
2744 display_replaced_before_p)
2745 struct it *it;
2746 Lisp_Object prop;
2747 Lisp_Object object;
2748 struct text_pos *position;
2749 int display_replaced_before_p;
2750 {
2751 Lisp_Object value;
2752 int replaces_text_display_p = 0;
2753 Lisp_Object form;
2754
2755 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2756 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2757 form = Qt;
2758 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2759 {
2760 prop = XCDR (prop);
2761 if (!CONSP (prop))
2762 return 0;
2763 form = XCAR (prop);
2764 prop = XCDR (prop);
2765 }
2766
2767 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2768 {
2769 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2770 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2771
2772 GCPRO1 (form);
2773 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2774
2775 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2776 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2777 if (BUFFERP (object))
2778 {
2779 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2780 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2781 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2782 }
2783
2784 form = safe_eval (form);
2785
2786 if (BUFFERP (object))
2787 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2788 UNGCPRO;
2789 }
2790
2791 if (NILP (form))
2792 return 0;
2793
2794 if (CONSP (prop)
2795 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2796 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2797 {
2798 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2799 return 0;
2800
2801 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2802 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2803 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2804 {
2805 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2806 int new_height = -1;
2807
2808 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2809 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2810 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2811 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2812 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2813 {
2814 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2815 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2816 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2817 steps = - steps;
2818 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2819 }
2820 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2821 {
2822 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2823 Value is the new height. */
2824 Lisp_Object height;
2825 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2826 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2827 if (NUMBERP (height))
2828 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2829 }
2830 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2831 {
2832 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2833 struct face *face;
2834
2835 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2836 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2837 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2838 }
2839 else
2840 {
2841 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2842 current specified height to get the new height. */
2843 Lisp_Object value;
2844 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2845
2846 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2847 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2848 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2849
2850 if (NUMBERP (value))
2851 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2852 }
2853
2854 if (new_height > 0)
2855 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2856 }
2857 }
2858 else if (CONSP (prop)
2859 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2860 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2861 {
2862 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2863 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2864 return 0;
2865
2866 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2867 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2868 it->space_width = value;
2869 }
2870 else if (CONSP (prop)
2871 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2872 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2873 {
2874 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2875 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2876 return 0;
2877
2878 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2879 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2880 if (NUMBERP (value))
2881 {
2882 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2883 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2884 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2885 }
2886 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2887 }
2888 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2889 {
2890 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2891 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2892 Lisp_Object location, value;
2893 struct text_pos start_pos;
2894 int valid_p;
2895
2896 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2897 we have to find the end of the property. */
2898 start_pos = *position;
2899 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2900 value = Qnil;
2901
2902 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2903 text properties change there. */
2904 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2905
2906 location = Qunbound;
2907 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2908 {
2909 Lisp_Object tem;
2910
2911 value = XCDR (prop);
2912 if (CONSP (value))
2913 value = XCAR (value);
2914
2915 tem = XCAR (prop);
2916 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2917 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2918 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2919 (NILP (tem)
2920 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2921 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2922 location = tem;
2923 }
2924
2925 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2926 {
2927 location = Qnil;
2928 value = prop;
2929 }
2930
2931 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2932 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2933 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2934 else
2935 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2936 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2937 || valid_image_p (value));
2938 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2939 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2940 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2941
2942 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2943 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2944 || NILP (location))
2945 && valid_p
2946 && !display_replaced_before_p)
2947 {
2948 replaces_text_display_p = 1;
2949
2950 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2951 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2952 push_it (it);
2953
2954 if (NILP (location))
2955 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2956 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2957 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2958 else
2959 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2960
2961 if (STRINGP (value))
2962 {
2963 it->string = value;
2964 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2965 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2966 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2967 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2968 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2969 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2970 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2971 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2972 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2973 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2974 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2975 *position = start_pos;
2976 }
2977 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2978 {
2979 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2980 it->object = value;
2981 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2982 }
2983 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2984 else
2985 {
2986 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2987 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2988 it->position = start_pos;
2989 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2990 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2991
2992 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2993 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2994 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2995 *position = start_pos;
2996 }
2997 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2998 }
2999 else
3000 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
3001 the position to what it was before. */
3002 *position = start_pos;
3003 }
3004
3005 return replaces_text_display_p;
3006 }
3007
3008
3009 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
3010 treated as intangible. */
3011
3012 static int
3013 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3014 Lisp_Object prop;
3015 {
3016 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3017 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3018 {
3019 prop = XCDR (prop);
3020 if (!CONSP (prop))
3021 return 0;
3022 prop = XCDR (prop);
3023 }
3024
3025 if (!CONSP (prop))
3026 return 0;
3027
3028 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
3029 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
3030 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3031 {
3032 prop = XCDR (prop);
3033 if (!CONSP (prop))
3034 return 0;
3035
3036 prop = XCDR (prop);
3037 if (!CONSP (prop)
3038 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
3039 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
3040 return 0;
3041 }
3042
3043 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
3044 }
3045
3046
3047 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
3048 treated as intangible. */
3049
3050 int
3051 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
3052 Lisp_Object prop;
3053 {
3054 if (CONSP (prop)
3055 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3056 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3057 {
3058 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3059 while (CONSP (prop))
3060 {
3061 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
3062 return 1;
3063 prop = XCDR (prop);
3064 }
3065 }
3066 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3067 {
3068 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3069 int i;
3070 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3071 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (AREF (prop, i)))
3072 return 1;
3073 }
3074 else
3075 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
3076
3077 return 0;
3078 }
3079
3080
3081 /* Return 1 if PROP is a display sub-property value containing STRING. */
3082
3083 static int
3084 single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3085 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3086 {
3087 extern Lisp_Object Qwhen, Qmargin;
3088
3089 if (EQ (string, prop))
3090 return 1;
3091
3092 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
3093 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
3094 {
3095 prop = XCDR (prop);
3096 if (!CONSP (prop))
3097 return 0;
3098 prop = XCDR (prop);
3099 }
3100
3101 if (CONSP (prop))
3102 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. */
3103 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
3104 {
3105 prop = XCDR (prop);
3106 if (!CONSP (prop))
3107 return 0;
3108
3109 prop = XCDR (prop);
3110 if (!CONSP (prop))
3111 return 0;
3112 }
3113
3114 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), string);
3115 }
3116
3117
3118 /* Return 1 if STRING appears in the `display' property PROP. */
3119
3120 static int
3121 display_prop_string_p (prop, string)
3122 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3123 {
3124 extern Lisp_Object Qwhen, Qmargin;
3125
3126 if (CONSP (prop)
3127 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
3128 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
3129 {
3130 /* A list of sub-properties. */
3131 while (CONSP (prop))
3132 {
3133 if (single_display_prop_string_p (XCAR (prop), string))
3134 return 1;
3135 prop = XCDR (prop);
3136 }
3137 }
3138 else if (VECTORP (prop))
3139 {
3140 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
3141 int i;
3142 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
3143 if (single_display_prop_string_p (AREF (prop, i), string))
3144 return 1;
3145 }
3146 else
3147 return single_display_prop_string_p (prop, string);
3148
3149 return 0;
3150 }
3151
3152
3153 /* Determine from which buffer position in W's buffer STRING comes
3154 from. AROUND_CHARPOS is an approximate position where it could
3155 be from. Value is the buffer position or 0 if it couldn't be
3156 determined.
3157
3158 W's buffer must be current.
3159
3160 This function is necessary because we don't record buffer positions
3161 in glyphs generated from strings (to keep struct glyph small).
3162 This function may only use code that doesn't eval because it is
3163 called asynchronously from note_mouse_highlight. */
3164
3165 int
3166 string_buffer_position (w, string, around_charpos)
3167 struct window *w;
3168 Lisp_Object string;
3169 int around_charpos;
3170 {
3171 Lisp_Object around = make_number (around_charpos);
3172 Lisp_Object limit, prop, pos;
3173 const int MAX_DISTANCE = 1000;
3174 int found = 0;
3175
3176 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3177 limit = make_number (min (XINT (pos) + MAX_DISTANCE, ZV));
3178 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3179 {
3180 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3181 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3182 found = 1;
3183 else
3184 pos = Fnext_single_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil, limit);
3185 }
3186
3187 if (!found)
3188 {
3189 pos = make_number (around_charpos);
3190 limit = make_number (max (XINT (pos) - MAX_DISTANCE, BEGV));
3191 while (!found && !EQ (pos, limit))
3192 {
3193 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil);
3194 if (!NILP (prop) && display_prop_string_p (prop, string))
3195 found = 1;
3196 else
3197 pos = Fprevious_single_property_change (pos, Qdisplay, Qnil,
3198 limit);
3199 }
3200 }
3201
3202 return found ? XINT (pos) : 0;
3203 }
3204
3205
3206 \f
3207 /***********************************************************************
3208 `composition' property
3209 ***********************************************************************/
3210
3211 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
3212 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3213
3214 static enum prop_handled
3215 handle_composition_prop (it)
3216 struct it *it;
3217 {
3218 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3219 int pos, pos_byte, end;
3220 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3221
3222 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3223 {
3224 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3225 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3226 string = it->string;
3227 }
3228 else
3229 {
3230 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3231 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3232 string = Qnil;
3233 }
3234
3235 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3236 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3237 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3238 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3239 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3240 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3241 {
3242 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3243
3244 if (id >= 0)
3245 {
3246 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3247 it->cmp_id = id;
3248 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3249 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3250 components. */
3251 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3252 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3253 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3254 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3255 it->stop_charpos = end;
3256 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3257 }
3258 }
3259
3260 return handled;
3261 }
3262
3263
3264 \f
3265 /***********************************************************************
3266 Overlay strings
3267 ***********************************************************************/
3268
3269 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3270 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3271
3272 struct overlay_entry
3273 {
3274 Lisp_Object overlay;
3275 Lisp_Object string;
3276 int priority;
3277 int after_string_p;
3278 };
3279
3280
3281 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3282 Called from handle_stop. */
3283
3284 static enum prop_handled
3285 handle_overlay_change (it)
3286 struct it *it;
3287 {
3288 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3289 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3290 else
3291 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3292 }
3293
3294
3295 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3296 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3297 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3298 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3299 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3300 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3301
3302 static void
3303 next_overlay_string (it)
3304 struct it *it;
3305 {
3306 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3307 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3308 {
3309 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3310 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3311 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3312 pop_it (it);
3313 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3314 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3315 it->string = Qnil;
3316 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3317 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3318 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3319 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3320
3321 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3322 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3323 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3324 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3325 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3326 }
3327 else
3328 {
3329 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3330 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3331 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3332 it. */
3333 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3334
3335 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3336 load_overlay_strings (it);
3337
3338 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3339 string. */
3340 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3341 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3342 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3343 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3344 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3345 }
3346
3347 CHECK_IT (it);
3348 }
3349
3350
3351 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3352 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3353 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3354
3355 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3356 when they come from the same overlay.
3357
3358 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3359 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3360
3361 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3362 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3363
3364 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3365
3366
3367 static int
3368 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3369 void *e1, *e2;
3370 {
3371 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3372 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3373 int result;
3374
3375 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3376 {
3377 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3378 they come from different overlays. */
3379 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3380 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3381 else
3382 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3383 }
3384 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3385 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3386 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3387 else
3388 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3389 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3390
3391 return result;
3392 }
3393
3394
3395 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3396 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3397 overlay strings found.
3398
3399 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3400 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3401 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3402 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3403 function.
3404
3405 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3406 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3407 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3408 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3409 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3410 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3411 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3412 in this case.
3413
3414 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3415 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3416 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3417 compare_overlay_entries. */
3418
3419 static void
3420 load_overlay_strings (it)
3421 struct it *it;
3422 {
3423 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3424 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3425 int start, end;
3426 int size = 20;
3427 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3428 struct overlay_entry *entries
3429 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3430 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3431
3432 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3433 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3434 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3435 OVERLAY. */
3436 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3437 do \
3438 { \
3439 Lisp_Object priority; \
3440 \
3441 if (n == size) \
3442 { \
3443 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3444 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3445 entries = \
3446 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3447 * sizeof *entries); \
3448 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3449 size = new_size; \
3450 } \
3451 \
3452 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3453 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3454 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3455 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3456 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3457 ++n; \
3458 } \
3459 while (0)
3460
3461 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3462 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3463 {
3464 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3465 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3466 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3467 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3468
3469 if (end < charpos)
3470 break;
3471
3472 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3473 position. */
3474 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3475 continue;
3476
3477 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3478 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3479 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3480 continue;
3481
3482 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3483 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3484 end position are indistinguishable. */
3485 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3486 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3487
3488 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3489 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3490 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3491 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3492 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3493
3494 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3495 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3496 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3497 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3498 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3499 }
3500
3501 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3502 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3503 {
3504 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3505 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3506 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3507 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3508
3509 if (start > charpos)
3510 break;
3511
3512 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3513 position. */
3514 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3515 continue;
3516
3517 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3518 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3519 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3520 continue;
3521
3522 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3523 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3524 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3525 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3526
3527 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3528 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3529 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3530 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3531 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3532
3533 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3534 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3535 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3536 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3537 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3538 }
3539
3540 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3541
3542 /* Sort entries. */
3543 if (n > 1)
3544 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3545
3546 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3547 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3548
3549 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3550 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3551 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3552 i = 0;
3553 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3554 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3555 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3556
3557 CHECK_IT (it);
3558 }
3559
3560
3561 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3562 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3563 found. */
3564
3565 static int
3566 get_overlay_strings (it)
3567 struct it *it;
3568 {
3569 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3570 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3571 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3572 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3573 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3574 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3575 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3576 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3577 load_overlay_strings (it);
3578
3579 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3580 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3581 from current_buffer. */
3582 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3583 {
3584 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3585 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3586 strings. */
3587 compute_stop_pos (it);
3588 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3589
3590 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3591 strings have been processed. */
3592 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3593 push_it (it);
3594
3595 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3596 string. */
3597 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3598 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3599 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3600 it->end_charpos = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
3601 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3602 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3603 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3604 }
3605 else
3606 {
3607 it->string = Qnil;
3608 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3609 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3610 }
3611
3612 CHECK_IT (it);
3613
3614 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3615 return STRINGP (it->string);
3616 }
3617
3618
3619 \f
3620 /***********************************************************************
3621 Saving and restoring state
3622 ***********************************************************************/
3623
3624 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3625 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3626 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3627 processed. */
3628
3629 static void
3630 push_it (it)
3631 struct it *it;
3632 {
3633 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3634
3635 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3636 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3637
3638 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3639 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3640 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3641 p->string = it->string;
3642 p->pos = it->current;
3643 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3644 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3645 p->area = it->area;
3646 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3647 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3648 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3649 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3650 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3651 ++it->sp;
3652 }
3653
3654
3655 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3656 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3657 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3658 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3659 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3660
3661 static void
3662 pop_it (it)
3663 struct it *it;
3664 {
3665 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3666
3667 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3668 --it->sp;
3669 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3670 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3671 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3672 it->string = p->string;
3673 it->current = p->pos;
3674 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3675 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3676 it->area = p->area;
3677 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3678 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3679 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3680 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3681 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3682 }
3683
3684
3685 \f
3686 /***********************************************************************
3687 Moving over lines
3688 ***********************************************************************/
3689
3690 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3691
3692 static void
3693 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3694 struct it *it;
3695 {
3696 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3697 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3698 }
3699
3700
3701 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3702
3703 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3704 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3705 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3706 of *SKIPPED_P.
3707
3708 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3709 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3710 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3711
3712 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3713 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3714 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3715 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3716 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3717 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3718
3719 static int
3720 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3721 struct it *it;
3722 int *skipped_p;
3723 {
3724 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3725 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3726
3727 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3728 skipping over invisible text below. */
3729 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER
3730 && it->c == '\n'
3731 && CHARPOS (it->position) == IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3732 {
3733 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3734 it->c = 0;
3735 return 1;
3736 }
3737
3738 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3739 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3740 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3741 calls this function. */
3742 old_selective = it->selective;
3743 it->selective = 0;
3744
3745 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3746 from buffer text. */
3747 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3748 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3749 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3750 {
3751 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3752 break;
3753 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3754 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3755 }
3756
3757 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3758 short-cut. */
3759 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3760 {
3761 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3762 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3763 Lisp_Object pos;
3764
3765 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3766
3767 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3768 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3769 buffer text. */
3770 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3771 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3772 Qdisplay,
3773 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3774 NILP (pos))
3775 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3776 {
3777 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3778 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3779 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3780 }
3781 else
3782 {
3783 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3784 && !newline_found_p)
3785 {
3786 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3787 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3788 }
3789 }
3790 }
3791
3792 it->selective = old_selective;
3793 return newline_found_p;
3794 }
3795
3796
3797 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3798 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3799 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3800 IT->hpos. */
3801
3802 static void
3803 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3804 struct it *it;
3805 {
3806 int visible_p = 0;
3807
3808 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3809 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3810 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3811
3812 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3813 or text properties. */
3814 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3815 && !visible_p)
3816 {
3817 visible_p = 1;
3818
3819 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3820 are invisible. */
3821 if (it->selective > 0
3822 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3823 it->selective))
3824 visible_p = 0;
3825 else
3826 {
3827 Lisp_Object prop;
3828
3829 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3830 Qinvisible, it->window);
3831 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3832 visible_p = 0;
3833 }
3834
3835 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3836 if (!visible_p)
3837 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3838 }
3839
3840 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3841 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3842 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3843 CHECK_IT (it);
3844 }
3845
3846
3847 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3848 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3849 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3850 face information etc. */
3851
3852 static void
3853 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3854 struct it *it;
3855 {
3856 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3857 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3858 CHECK_IT (it);
3859 }
3860
3861
3862 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3863 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3864 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3865 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3866 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3867 is invisible because of text properties. */
3868
3869 static void
3870 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3871 struct it *it;
3872 int on_newline_p;
3873 {
3874 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3875
3876 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3877
3878 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3879 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3880 if (it->selective > 0)
3881 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3882 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3883 it->selective))
3884 {
3885 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3886 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3887 }
3888
3889 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3890 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3891 {
3892 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3893 {
3894 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3895 {
3896 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3897 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3898 }
3899 }
3900 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3901 {
3902 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3903 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3904 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3905 }
3906 }
3907 else if (skipped_p)
3908 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3909
3910 CHECK_IT (it);
3911 }
3912
3913
3914 \f
3915 /***********************************************************************
3916 Changing an iterator's position
3917 ***********************************************************************/
3918
3919 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3920 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3921 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3922 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3923
3924 static void
3925 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3926 struct it *it;
3927 struct text_pos pos;
3928 int force_p;
3929 {
3930 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3931
3932 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3933
3934 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3935 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3936 if (force_p
3937 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3938 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3939 handle_stop (it);
3940
3941 CHECK_IT (it);
3942 }
3943
3944
3945 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3946 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3947
3948 static void
3949 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3950 struct it *it;
3951 struct text_pos pos;
3952 int set_stop_p;
3953 {
3954 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3955 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3956
3957 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3958 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3959
3960 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3961 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3962 it->end_charpos = ZV;
3963 it->dpvec = NULL;
3964 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3965 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3966 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3967 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3968 it->string = Qnil;
3969 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3970 it->sp = 0;
3971 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3972
3973 if (set_stop_p)
3974 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3975 }
3976
3977
3978 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3979 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3980 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3981
3982 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3983 characters from the string.
3984
3985 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3986 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3987 field width.
3988
3989 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3990 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3991 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3992
3993 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3994 calling this function. */
3995
3996 static void
3997 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3998 struct it *it;
3999 unsigned char *s;
4000 Lisp_Object string;
4001 int charpos;
4002 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
4003 {
4004 /* No region in strings. */
4005 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
4006
4007 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
4008 it->stop_charpos = -1;
4009
4010 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
4011 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
4012 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
4013 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4014 xassert (charpos >= 0);
4015
4016 /* If STRING is specified, use its multibyteness, otherwise use the
4017 setting of MULTIBYTE, if specified. */
4018 if (multibyte >= 0)
4019 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
4020
4021 if (s == NULL)
4022 {
4023 xassert (STRINGP (string));
4024 it->string = string;
4025 it->s = NULL;
4026 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
4027 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4028 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
4029 }
4030 else
4031 {
4032 it->s = s;
4033 it->string = Qnil;
4034
4035 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
4036 for displaying C strings. */
4037 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
4038 if (it->multibyte_p)
4039 {
4040 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
4041 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
4042 }
4043 else
4044 {
4045 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
4046 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
4047 }
4048
4049 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4050 }
4051
4052 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
4053 from the string. */
4054 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
4055 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
4056
4057 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
4058 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
4059 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
4060 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
4061 if (field_width < 0)
4062 field_width = INFINITY;
4063 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
4064 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
4065
4066 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
4067 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
4068 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
4069
4070 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
4071 CHECK_IT (it);
4072 }
4073
4074
4075 \f
4076 /***********************************************************************
4077 Iteration
4078 ***********************************************************************/
4079
4080 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4081 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
4082 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
4083
4084 int
4085 get_next_display_element (it)
4086 struct it *it;
4087 {
4088 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
4089 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
4090 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
4091 using a sequence of if-statements. */
4092 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
4093
4094 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
4095 {
4096 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
4097 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
4098 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
4099 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
4100 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
4101 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
4102 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
4103 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
4104 it? */
4105 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
4106 {
4107 Lisp_Object dv;
4108
4109 if (it->dp
4110 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
4111 VECTORP (dv)))
4112 {
4113 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
4114
4115 /* Return the first character from the display table
4116 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
4117 current character. */
4118 if (v->size)
4119 {
4120 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4121 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4122 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4123 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4124 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4125 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4126 }
4127 else
4128 {
4129 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
4130 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4131 }
4132 }
4133
4134 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
4135 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
4136 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
4137 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
4138 don't believe that it is worth doing.
4139
4140 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
4141 octal form. */
4142 else if ((it->c < ' '
4143 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
4144 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
4145 || (it->c >= 127
4146 && it->len == 1)
4147 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
4148 {
4149 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
4150 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
4151 can be defined in the display table. Fill
4152 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
4153 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
4154 GLYPH g;
4155
4156 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
4157 {
4158 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
4159 if (it->dp
4160 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
4161 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4162 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
4163 else
4164 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
4165 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
4166
4167 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
4168 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
4169
4170 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
4171 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4172 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4173 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
4174 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4175 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4176 get_next_display_element (it);
4177 }
4178 else
4179 {
4180 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
4181 int len;
4182 int i;
4183 GLYPH escape_glyph;
4184
4185 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
4186 if (it->dp
4187 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
4188 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
4189 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
4190 else
4191 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
4192
4193 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
4194 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
4195 else
4196 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
4197
4198 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4199 {
4200 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
4201 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
4202 the octal display of the character. */
4203 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
4204 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
4205 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
4206 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
4207 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
4208 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
4209 }
4210
4211 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
4212 from it. */
4213 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4214 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4215 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
4216 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4217 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4218 get_next_display_element (it);
4219 }
4220 }
4221 }
4222
4223 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
4224 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
4225 if (it->multibyte_p
4226 && success_p
4227 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4228 {
4229 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
4230 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
4231 }
4232 }
4233
4234 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
4235 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
4236 if (it->face_box_p
4237 && it->s == NULL)
4238 {
4239 int face_id;
4240 struct face *face;
4241
4242 it->end_of_box_run_p
4243 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4244 face_id != it->face_id)
4245 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4246 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4247 }
4248
4249 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4250 return success_p;
4251 }
4252
4253
4254 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4255
4256 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4257 skip to the next visible line start.
4258
4259 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4260 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4261 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4262 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4263 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4264 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4265 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4266 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4267 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4268
4269 void
4270 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4271 struct it *it;
4272 int reseat_p;
4273 {
4274 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4275 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4276 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4277 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4278
4279 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4280 {
4281 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4282 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4283 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4284 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4285 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4286 else
4287 {
4288 xassert (it->len != 0);
4289 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4290 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4291 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4292 }
4293 }
4294 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4295 {
4296 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4297 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4298 {
4299 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4300 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4301 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4302 goto consider_string_end;
4303 }
4304 else
4305 {
4306 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4307 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4308 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4309 }
4310 }
4311 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4312 {
4313 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4314 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4315 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4316 }
4317 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4318 {
4319 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4320 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4321 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4322 strings. */
4323 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4324
4325 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4326 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4327 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4328
4329 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4330 {
4331 if (it->s)
4332 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4333 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4334 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4335 else
4336 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4337
4338 it->dpvec = NULL;
4339 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4340
4341 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4342 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4343 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4344 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4345 {
4346 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4347 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4348 }
4349 }
4350 }
4351 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4352 {
4353 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4354 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4355 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4356 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4357
4358 consider_string_end:
4359
4360 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4361 {
4362 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4363 next, if there is one. */
4364 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4365 next_overlay_string (it);
4366 }
4367 else
4368 {
4369 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4370 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4371 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4372 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4373 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4374 && it->sp > 0)
4375 {
4376 pop_it (it);
4377 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4378 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4379 else
4380 goto consider_string_end;
4381 }
4382 }
4383 }
4384 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4385 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4386 {
4387 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4388 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4389 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4390 pop_it (it);
4391 it->image_id = 0;
4392 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4393 {
4394 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4395 goto consider_string_end;
4396 }
4397 else
4398 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4399 }
4400 else
4401 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4402 abort ();
4403
4404 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4405 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4406 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4407 }
4408
4409
4410 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4411 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4412 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4413 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4414
4415 static int
4416 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4417 struct it *it;
4418 {
4419 /* Precondition. */
4420 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4421
4422 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4423 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4424 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4425
4426 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4427 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4428 {
4429 int lface_id;
4430 GLYPH g;
4431
4432 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4433 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4434 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4435
4436 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4437 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4438 zero means no face is specified. */
4439 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4440 if (lface_id)
4441 {
4442 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4443 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4444 if (face_id >= 0)
4445 it->face_id = face_id;
4446 }
4447 }
4448 else
4449 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4450 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4451
4452 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4453 still the values of the character that had this display table
4454 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4455 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4456 return 1;
4457 }
4458
4459
4460 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4461 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4462 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4463 overlay string. */
4464
4465 static int
4466 next_element_from_string (it)
4467 struct it *it;
4468 {
4469 struct text_pos position;
4470
4471 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4472 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4473 position = it->current.string_pos;
4474
4475 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4476 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4477 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4478 {
4479 handle_stop (it);
4480
4481 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4482 recurse here. */
4483 return get_next_display_element (it);
4484 }
4485
4486 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4487 {
4488 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4489 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4490 do. */
4491 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4492 {
4493 it->what = IT_EOB;
4494 return 0;
4495 }
4496 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4497 {
4498 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4499 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4500 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4501 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4502 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4503 }
4504 else
4505 {
4506 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4507 it->len = 1;
4508 }
4509 }
4510 else
4511 {
4512 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4513 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4514 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4515 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4516 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4517 {
4518 it->what = IT_EOB;
4519 return 0;
4520 }
4521 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4522 {
4523 /* Pad with spaces. */
4524 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4525 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4526 }
4527 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4528 {
4529 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4530 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4531 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4532 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4533 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4534 }
4535 else
4536 {
4537 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4538 it->len = 1;
4539 }
4540 }
4541
4542 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4543 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4544 string position. */
4545 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4546 it->object = it->string;
4547 it->position = position;
4548 return 1;
4549 }
4550
4551
4552 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4553 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4554 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4555 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4556 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4557 reached, including padding spaces. */
4558
4559 static int
4560 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4561 struct it *it;
4562 {
4563 int success_p = 1;
4564
4565 xassert (it->s);
4566 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4567 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4568 it->object = Qnil;
4569
4570 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4571 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4572 initialized. */
4573 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4574 {
4575 /* End of the game. */
4576 it->what = IT_EOB;
4577 success_p = 0;
4578 }
4579 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4580 {
4581 /* Pad with spaces. */
4582 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4583 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4584 }
4585 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4586 {
4587 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4588 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4589 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4590 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4591 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4592 maxlen, &it->len);
4593 }
4594 else
4595 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4596
4597 return success_p;
4598 }
4599
4600
4601 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4602 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4603 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4604 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4605
4606 static int
4607 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4608 struct it *it;
4609 {
4610 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4611 {
4612 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4613 {
4614 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4615 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4616 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4617 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4618 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4619 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4620 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4621 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4622 }
4623 else
4624 {
4625 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4626 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4627 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4628 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4629 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4630 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4631 }
4632 }
4633 else
4634 {
4635 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4636 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4637 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4638 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4639 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4640 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4641 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4642 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4643 }
4644
4645 return get_next_display_element (it);
4646 }
4647
4648
4649 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4650 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4651 is always 1. */
4652
4653
4654 static int
4655 next_element_from_image (it)
4656 struct it *it;
4657 {
4658 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4659 return 1;
4660 }
4661
4662
4663 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4664 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4665 always 1. */
4666
4667 static int
4668 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4669 struct it *it;
4670 {
4671 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4672 return 1;
4673 }
4674
4675
4676 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4677 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4678 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4679 end. */
4680
4681 static int
4682 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4683 struct it *it;
4684 {
4685 int success_p = 1;
4686
4687 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4688 if-statement, below. */
4689 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4690 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4691
4692 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4693 {
4694 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4695 {
4696 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4697
4698 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4699 haven't been returned yet. */
4700 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4701 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4702 else
4703 {
4704 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4705 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4706 }
4707
4708 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4709 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4710 else
4711 {
4712 it->what = IT_EOB;
4713 it->position = it->current.pos;
4714 success_p = 0;
4715 }
4716 }
4717 else
4718 {
4719 handle_stop (it);
4720 return get_next_display_element (it);
4721 }
4722 }
4723 else
4724 {
4725 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4726 character from current_buffer. */
4727 unsigned char *p;
4728
4729 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4730 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4731 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4732 && it->glyph_row
4733 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4734 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4735
4736 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4737 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4738 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4739 {
4740 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4741 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4742 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4743 }
4744 else
4745 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4746
4747 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4748 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4749 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4750 it->position = it->current.pos;
4751
4752 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4753 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4754 if (it->selective)
4755 {
4756 if (it->c == '\n')
4757 {
4758 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4759 than that number of columns. */
4760 if (it->selective > 0
4761 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4762 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4763 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4764 it->selective))
4765 {
4766 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4767 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4768 }
4769 }
4770 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4771 {
4772 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4773 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4774 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4775 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4776 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4777 }
4778 }
4779 }
4780
4781 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4782 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4783 return success_p;
4784 }
4785
4786
4787 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4788
4789 static void
4790 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4791 struct it *it;
4792 {
4793 Lisp_Object args[3];
4794
4795 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4796 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4797 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4798
4799 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4800 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4801 args[1] = it->window;
4802 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4803 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4804
4805 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4806 them again, even if they get an error. */
4807 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4808 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4809
4810 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4811 handle_face_prop (it);
4812 }
4813
4814
4815 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4816 filled with composition information (done in
4817 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4818
4819 static int
4820 next_element_from_composition (it)
4821 struct it *it;
4822 {
4823 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4824 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4825 ? it->current.string_pos
4826 : it->current.pos);
4827 return 1;
4828 }
4829
4830
4831 \f
4832 /***********************************************************************
4833 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4834 ***********************************************************************/
4835
4836 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4837 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4838
4839 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4840 whichever is reached first.
4841
4842 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4843
4844 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4845 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4846 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4847 scrolled.
4848
4849 Value is
4850
4851 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4852 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4853
4854 MOVE_X_REACHED
4855 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4856
4857 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4858 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4859 be continued.
4860
4861 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4862 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4863 truncated.
4864
4865 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4866 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4867 display is on. */
4868
4869 static enum move_it_result
4870 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4871 struct it *it;
4872 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4873 {
4874 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4875 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4876
4877 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4878 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4879 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4880
4881 while (1)
4882 {
4883 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4884
4885 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4886 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4887 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4888 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4889 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4890 {
4891 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4892 break;
4893 }
4894
4895 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4896 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4897 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4898 fit on the line. */
4899 x = it->current_x;
4900
4901 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4902 fit on the line. */
4903 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4904 {
4905 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4906 descent = it->max_descent;
4907 }
4908
4909 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4910
4911 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4912 {
4913 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4914 continue;
4915 }
4916
4917 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4918 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4919 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4920 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4921 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4922 composite character.
4923
4924 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4925 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4926 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4927 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4928 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4929 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4930 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4931 next line.
4932
4933 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4934 the same width. */
4935 if (it->nglyphs)
4936 {
4937 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4938 glyphs have the same width. */
4939 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4940 int new_x;
4941
4942 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4943 {
4944 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4945
4946 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4947 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4948 {
4949 it->current_x = x;
4950 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4951 break;
4952 }
4953 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4954 !it->truncate_lines_p
4955 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4956 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4957 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4958 system frame. */
4959 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4960 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4961 {
4962 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4963 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4964 it->hpos == 0
4965 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4966 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4967 {
4968 ++it->hpos;
4969 it->current_x = new_x;
4970 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4971 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4972 }
4973 else
4974 {
4975 it->current_x = x;
4976 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4977 it->max_descent = descent;
4978 }
4979
4980 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4981 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4982 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4983 break;
4984 }
4985 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4986 {
4987 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4988 would be displayed. */
4989 ++it->hpos;
4990 }
4991 else
4992 {
4993 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4994 area. Nothing to do. */
4995 }
4996 }
4997
4998 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4999 break;
5000 }
5001 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
5002 {
5003 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
5004 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
5005 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
5006 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
5007 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
5008 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5009 break;
5010 }
5011
5012 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
5013 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
5014 {
5015 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
5016 break;
5017 }
5018
5019 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
5020 to the next. */
5021 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5022
5023 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
5024 past the right edge of the window now. */
5025 if (it->truncate_lines_p
5026 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
5027 {
5028 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
5029 break;
5030 }
5031 }
5032
5033 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
5034 function. */
5035 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
5036 return result;
5037 }
5038
5039
5040 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
5041 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
5042 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
5043
5044 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
5045 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
5046 TO_CHARPOS. */
5047
5048 void
5049 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
5050 struct it *it;
5051 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
5052 int op;
5053 {
5054 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
5055 int line_height;
5056 int reached = 0;
5057
5058 for (;;)
5059 {
5060 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
5061 {
5062 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
5063 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
5064 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
5065 {
5066 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5067 {
5068 reached = 1;
5069 break;
5070 }
5071 else
5072 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
5073 }
5074 else
5075 {
5076 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
5077 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
5078 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
5079 {
5080 reached = 2;
5081 break;
5082 }
5083
5084 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
5085
5086 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
5087 {
5088 reached = 3;
5089 break;
5090 }
5091 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
5092 {
5093 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
5094 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5095 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5096 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5097 {
5098 reached = 4;
5099 break;
5100 }
5101 }
5102 }
5103 }
5104 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
5105 {
5106 struct it it_backup;
5107
5108 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
5109 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
5110 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
5111 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
5112 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
5113 TO_X.
5114
5115 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
5116 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
5117 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
5118 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
5119 to happen. */
5120 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
5121 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
5122 ? to_x : 0),
5123 (MOVE_TO_X
5124 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
5125
5126 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
5127 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5128 {
5129 reached = 5;
5130 break;
5131 }
5132
5133 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
5134 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
5135 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
5136 the line. */
5137 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5138 {
5139 it_backup = *it;
5140 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5141 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
5142 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
5143 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5144 }
5145
5146 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
5147 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5148 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
5149
5150 if (to_y >= it->current_y
5151 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
5152 {
5153 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5154 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
5155 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
5156 to the ones before skipping. */
5157 *it = it_backup;
5158 reached = 6;
5159 }
5160 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
5161 {
5162 skip = skip2;
5163 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
5164 reached = 7;
5165 }
5166
5167 if (reached)
5168 break;
5169 }
5170 else
5171 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5172
5173 switch (skip)
5174 {
5175 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
5176 reached = 8;
5177 goto out;
5178
5179 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
5180 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
5181 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5182 break;
5183
5184 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
5185 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
5186 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
5187 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
5188 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
5189 {
5190 reached = 9;
5191 goto out;
5192 }
5193 break;
5194
5195 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
5196 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
5197 break;
5198
5199 default:
5200 abort ();
5201 }
5202
5203 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
5204 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
5205 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5206 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5207 ++it->vpos;
5208 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
5209 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
5210 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
5211 }
5212
5213 out:
5214
5215 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
5216 }
5217
5218
5219 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
5220
5221 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
5222 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
5223 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
5224 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
5225 set to the top of the line moved to. */
5226
5227 void
5228 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
5229 struct it *it;
5230 int dy;
5231 {
5232 int nlines, h, line_height;
5233 struct it it2;
5234 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5235
5236 xassert (dy >= 0);
5237
5238 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
5239 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
5240
5241 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
5242 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5243 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5244
5245 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5246 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5247 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5248 use reseat_1 here. */
5249 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5250
5251 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5252 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5253
5254 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5255 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5256 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5257 y-distance. */
5258 it2 = *it;
5259 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5260 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5261 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5262 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5263 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5264
5265 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5266 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5267 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5268 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5269
5270 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5271 it->vpos -= nlines;
5272 it->current_y -= h;
5273
5274 if (dy == 0)
5275 {
5276 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5277 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5278 if (nlines > 0)
5279 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5280 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5281 }
5282 else if (nlines)
5283 {
5284 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5285 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5286 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5287
5288 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5289 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5290 if (target_y < it->current_y
5291 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5292 {
5293 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5294 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5295 }
5296 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5297 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5298 {
5299 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5300 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5301 }
5302 }
5303 }
5304
5305
5306 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5307 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5308 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5309
5310 void
5311 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5312 struct it *it;
5313 int dy;
5314 {
5315 if (dy <= 0)
5316 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5317 else if (dy > 0)
5318 {
5319 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5320 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5321 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5322 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5323
5324 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5325 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5326 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5327 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5328 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5329 }
5330 }
5331
5332
5333 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5334
5335 void
5336 move_it_past_eol (it)
5337 struct it *it;
5338 {
5339 enum move_it_result rc;
5340
5341 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5342 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5343 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5344 }
5345
5346
5347 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5348
5349 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5350 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5351 property lookup. */
5352
5353 static int
5354 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5355 struct it *it;
5356 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5357 {
5358 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5359 int invisible_found_p;
5360
5361 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5362
5363 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5364 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5365 it->window);
5366 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5367 invisible_found_p = 1;
5368 else
5369 {
5370 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5371 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5372 make_number (end_charpos));
5373 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5374 }
5375
5376 return invisible_found_p;
5377 }
5378
5379 #endif /* 0 */
5380
5381
5382 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5383 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5384 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5385 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5386
5387 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5388 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5389 truncate-lines nil. */
5390
5391 void
5392 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5393 struct it *it;
5394 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5395 {
5396 struct position pos;
5397
5398 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5399 {
5400 struct text_pos textpos;
5401
5402 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5403 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5404 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5405 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5406 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5407 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5408 }
5409 else if (dvpos == 0)
5410 {
5411 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5412 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5413 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5414 }
5415 else if (dvpos > 0)
5416 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5417 else
5418 {
5419 struct it it2;
5420 int start_charpos, i;
5421
5422 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5423 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5424 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5425 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5426 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5427 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5428
5429 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5430 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5431 it2 = *it;
5432 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5433 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5434 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5435 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5436 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5437
5438 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5439 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5440 {
5441 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5442 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5443 }
5444 }
5445 }
5446
5447
5448 \f
5449 /***********************************************************************
5450 Messages
5451 ***********************************************************************/
5452
5453
5454 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5455 to *Messages*. */
5456
5457 void
5458 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5459 char *format;
5460 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5461 {
5462 Lisp_Object args[3];
5463 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5464 char *buffer;
5465 int len;
5466 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5467
5468 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5469 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5470
5471 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5472 args[1] = arg1;
5473 args[2] = arg2;
5474 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5475
5476 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5477 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5478 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5479
5480 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5481 UNGCPRO;
5482 }
5483
5484
5485 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5486
5487 void
5488 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5489 {
5490 if (message_log_need_newline)
5491 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5492 }
5493
5494
5495 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5496 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5497 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5498 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5499 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5500
5501 void
5502 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5503 char *m;
5504 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5505 {
5506 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5507 {
5508 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5509 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5510 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5511 int point_at_end = 0;
5512 int zv_at_end = 0;
5513 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5514 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5515
5516 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5517 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5518 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5519 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5520
5521 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5522 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5523 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5524 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5525
5526 if (PT == Z)
5527 point_at_end = 1;
5528 if (ZV == Z)
5529 zv_at_end = 1;
5530
5531 BEGV = BEG;
5532 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5533 ZV = Z;
5534 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5535 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5536
5537 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5538 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5539 if (multibyte
5540 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5541 {
5542 int i, c, char_bytes;
5543 unsigned char work[1];
5544
5545 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5546 for the *Message* buffer. */
5547 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5548 {
5549 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5550 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5551 ? c
5552 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5553 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5554 }
5555 }
5556 else if (! multibyte
5557 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5558 {
5559 int i, c, char_bytes;
5560 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5561 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5562 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5563 for the *Message* buffer. */
5564 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5565 {
5566 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5567 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5568 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5569 }
5570 }
5571 else if (nbytes)
5572 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5573
5574 if (nlflag)
5575 {
5576 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5577 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5578
5579 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5580 this_bol = PT;
5581 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5582
5583 if (this_bol > BEG)
5584 {
5585 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5586 prev_bol = PT;
5587 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5588
5589 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5590 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5591 if (dup)
5592 {
5593 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5594 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5595 if (dup > 1)
5596 {
5597 char dupstr[40];
5598 int duplen;
5599
5600 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5601 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5602 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5603 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5604 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5605 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5606 }
5607 }
5608 }
5609
5610 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5611 {
5612 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5613 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5614 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5615 }
5616 }
5617 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5618 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5619
5620 if (zv_at_end)
5621 {
5622 ZV = Z;
5623 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5624 }
5625 else
5626 {
5627 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5628 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5629 }
5630
5631 if (point_at_end)
5632 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5633 else
5634 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5635 Lisp code. */
5636 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5637 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5638
5639 UNGCPRO;
5640 free_marker (oldpoint);
5641 free_marker (oldbegv);
5642 free_marker (oldzv);
5643
5644 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5645 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5646 if (NILP (tem))
5647 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5648 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5649 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5650 }
5651 }
5652
5653
5654 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5655 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5656 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5657 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5658 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5659
5660 static int
5661 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5662 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5663 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5664 {
5665 int i;
5666 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5667 int seen_dots = 0;
5668 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5669 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5670
5671 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5672 {
5673 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5674 seen_dots = 1;
5675 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5676 return seen_dots;
5677 }
5678 p1 += len;
5679 if (*p1 == '\n')
5680 return 2;
5681 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5682 {
5683 int n = 0;
5684 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5685 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5686 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5687 return n+1;
5688 }
5689 return 0;
5690 }
5691
5692
5693 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5694 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5695 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5696 through.
5697
5698 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5699 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5700 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5701 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5702
5703 void
5704 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5705 char *m;
5706 int nbytes;
5707 int multibyte;
5708 {
5709 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5710 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5711 if (m)
5712 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5713 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5714 }
5715
5716
5717 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5718
5719 void
5720 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5721 char *m;
5722 int nbytes;
5723 {
5724 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5725 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5726
5727 if (noninteractive)
5728 {
5729 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5730 putc ('\n', stderr);
5731 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5732 if (m)
5733 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5734 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5735 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5736 fflush (stderr);
5737 }
5738 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5739 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5740 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5741 else if (INTERACTIVE
5742 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5743 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5744 {
5745 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5746 struct frame *f;
5747
5748 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5749 that the selected frame is using. */
5750 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5751 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5752
5753 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5754 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5755 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5756 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5757
5758 if (m)
5759 {
5760 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5761 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5762 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5763 }
5764 else
5765 clear_message (1, 1);
5766
5767 do_pending_window_change (0);
5768 echo_area_display (1);
5769 do_pending_window_change (0);
5770 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5771 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5772 }
5773 }
5774
5775
5776 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5777 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5778 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5779 text show through. */
5780
5781 void
5782 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5783 Lisp_Object m;
5784 int nbytes;
5785 int multibyte;
5786 {
5787 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5788
5789 GCPRO1 (m);
5790
5791 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5792 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5793 if (STRINGP (m))
5794 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5795 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5796
5797 UNGCPRO;
5798 }
5799
5800
5801 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5802
5803 void
5804 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5805 Lisp_Object m;
5806 int nbytes, multibyte;
5807 {
5808 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5809 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5810
5811 if (noninteractive)
5812 {
5813 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5814 putc ('\n', stderr);
5815 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5816 if (STRINGP (m))
5817 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5818 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5819 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5820 fflush (stderr);
5821 }
5822 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5823 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5824 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5825 else if (INTERACTIVE
5826 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5827 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5828 {
5829 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5830 Lisp_Object frame;
5831 struct frame *f;
5832
5833 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5834 that the selected frame is using. */
5835 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5836 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5837 f = XFRAME (frame);
5838
5839 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5840 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5841 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5842 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5843
5844 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5845 {
5846 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5847 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5848 Fraise_frame (frame);
5849 }
5850 else
5851 clear_message (1, 1);
5852
5853 do_pending_window_change (0);
5854 echo_area_display (1);
5855 do_pending_window_change (0);
5856 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5857 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5858 }
5859 }
5860
5861
5862 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5863 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5864
5865 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5866 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5867 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5868 that was alloca'd. */
5869
5870 void
5871 message1 (m)
5872 char *m;
5873 {
5874 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5875 }
5876
5877
5878 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5879
5880 void
5881 message1_nolog (m)
5882 char *m;
5883 {
5884 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5885 }
5886
5887 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5888 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5889
5890 void
5891 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5892 char *m;
5893 Lisp_Object string;
5894 int log;
5895 {
5896 if (noninteractive)
5897 {
5898 if (m)
5899 {
5900 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5901 putc ('\n', stderr);
5902 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5903 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5904 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5905 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5906 fflush (stderr);
5907 }
5908 }
5909 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5910 {
5911 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5912 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5913 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5914 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5915 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5916
5917 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5918 that the selected frame is using. */
5919 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5920 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5921
5922 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5923 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5924 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5925 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5926 {
5927 int len;
5928 char *a[1];
5929 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5930
5931 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5932 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5933
5934 if (log)
5935 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5936 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5937 else
5938 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5939 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5940
5941 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5942 buffer next time. */
5943 message_buf_print = 0;
5944 }
5945 }
5946 }
5947
5948
5949 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5950 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5951
5952 /* VARARGS 1 */
5953 void
5954 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5955 char *m;
5956 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5957 {
5958 if (noninteractive)
5959 {
5960 if (m)
5961 {
5962 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5963 putc ('\n', stderr);
5964 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5965 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5966 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5967 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5968 fflush (stderr);
5969 }
5970 }
5971 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5972 {
5973 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5974 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5975 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5976 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5977 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5978
5979 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5980 that the selected frame is using. */
5981 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5982 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5983
5984 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5985 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5986 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5987 it. */
5988 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5989 {
5990 if (m)
5991 {
5992 int len;
5993 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5994 char *a[3];
5995 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5996 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5997 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5998
5999 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6000 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
6001 #else
6002 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
6003 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
6004 (char **) &a1);
6005 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
6006
6007 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
6008 }
6009 else
6010 message1 (0);
6011
6012 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
6013 buffer next time. */
6014 message_buf_print = 0;
6015 }
6016 }
6017 }
6018
6019
6020 /* The non-logging version of message. */
6021
6022 void
6023 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
6024 char *m;
6025 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
6026 {
6027 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
6028 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
6029 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
6030 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
6031 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
6032 }
6033
6034
6035 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
6036 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
6037 critical. */
6038
6039 void
6040 update_echo_area ()
6041 {
6042 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6043 {
6044 Lisp_Object string;
6045 string = Fcurrent_message ();
6046 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
6047 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
6048 }
6049 }
6050
6051
6052 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
6053 aren't, make new ones. */
6054
6055 static void
6056 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
6057 {
6058 int i;
6059
6060 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
6061 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
6062 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
6063 {
6064 char name[30];
6065 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
6066 int j;
6067
6068 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
6069 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
6070 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
6071 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6072
6073 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
6074 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
6075 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
6076 }
6077 }
6078
6079
6080 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
6081 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
6082
6083 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
6084 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
6085 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6086
6087 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
6088 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
6089
6090 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
6091 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
6092 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
6093
6094 Value is what FN returns. */
6095
6096 static int
6097 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
6098 struct window *w;
6099 int which;
6100 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
6101 EMACS_INT a1;
6102 Lisp_Object a2;
6103 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6104 {
6105 Lisp_Object buffer;
6106 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
6107 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6108
6109 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
6110 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6111
6112 clear_buffer_p = 0;
6113
6114 if (which == 0)
6115 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6116 else if (which > 0)
6117 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
6118 else
6119 {
6120 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
6121 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6122
6123 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
6124 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
6125 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
6126 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
6127 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
6128 }
6129
6130 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
6131 have one. */
6132 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
6133 {
6134 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
6135 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
6136 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
6137 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
6138 clear_buffer_p = 1;
6139 }
6140
6141 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
6142
6143 /* Don't get confused by reusing the buffer used for echoing
6144 for a different purpose. */
6145 if (!echoing && EQ (buffer, echo_message_buffer))
6146 cancel_echoing ();
6147
6148 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
6149 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
6150
6151 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
6152 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
6153 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
6154 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
6155 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
6156 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
6157 aborts. */
6158 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
6159 if (w)
6160 {
6161 w->buffer = buffer;
6162 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6163 }
6164
6165 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
6166 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
6167 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6168
6169 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
6170 del_range (BEG, Z);
6171
6172 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6173 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6174
6175 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
6176
6177 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
6178 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
6179
6180 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6181 return rc;
6182 }
6183
6184
6185 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
6186 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
6187
6188 static Lisp_Object
6189 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
6190 struct window *w;
6191 {
6192 int i = 0;
6193 Lisp_Object vector;
6194
6195 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
6196 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
6197 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
6198 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
6199
6200 if (NILP (vector))
6201 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
6202
6203 XSETBUFFER (AREF (vector, i), current_buffer); ++i;
6204 AREF (vector, i) = Vdeactivate_mark, ++i;
6205 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed), ++i;
6206
6207 if (w)
6208 {
6209 XSETWINDOW (AREF (vector, i), w); ++i;
6210 AREF (vector, i) = w->buffer; ++i;
6211 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos); ++i;
6212 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos); ++i;
6213 }
6214 else
6215 {
6216 int end = i + 4;
6217 for (; i < end; ++i)
6218 AREF (vector, i) = Qnil;
6219 }
6220
6221 xassert (i == ASIZE (vector));
6222 return vector;
6223 }
6224
6225
6226 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
6227 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
6228
6229 static Lisp_Object
6230 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
6231 Lisp_Object vector;
6232 {
6233 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
6234 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
6235 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
6236
6237 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
6238 {
6239 struct window *w;
6240 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
6241
6242 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
6243 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
6244 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
6245 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6246
6247 w->buffer = buffer;
6248 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6249 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6250 }
6251
6252 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6253 return Qnil;
6254 }
6255
6256
6257 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6258 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6259
6260 void
6261 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6262 int multibyte_p;
6263 {
6264 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6265
6266 if (!message_buf_print)
6267 {
6268 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6269 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6270 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6271 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6272 else
6273 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6274
6275 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6276 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6277 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6278
6279 if (Z > BEG)
6280 {
6281 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6282 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6283 del_range (BEG, Z);
6284 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6285 }
6286 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6287
6288 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6289 if (multibyte_p
6290 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6291 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6292
6293 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6294 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6295 {
6296 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6297 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6298 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6299 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6300 }
6301
6302 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6303 message_buf_print = 1;
6304 }
6305 else
6306 {
6307 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6308 {
6309 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6310 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6311 else
6312 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6313 }
6314
6315 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6316 {
6317 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6318 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6319 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6320 }
6321 }
6322 }
6323
6324
6325 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6326 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6327 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6328 display the current message. */
6329
6330 static int
6331 display_echo_area (w)
6332 struct window *w;
6333 {
6334 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6335
6336 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6337 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6338 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6339 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6340 redisplay. */
6341 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6342
6343 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6344 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6345 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6346 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6347 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6348 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6349
6350 window_height_changed_p
6351 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6352 display_echo_area_1,
6353 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6354
6355 if (no_message_p)
6356 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6357
6358 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6359 return window_height_changed_p;
6360 }
6361
6362
6363 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6364 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6365 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6366 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6367 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6368
6369 static int
6370 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6371 EMACS_INT a1;
6372 Lisp_Object a2;
6373 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6374 {
6375 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6376 Lisp_Object window;
6377 struct text_pos start;
6378 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6379
6380 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6381 matrix for the display. */
6382 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6383
6384 /* Display. */
6385 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6386 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6387 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6388 try_window (window, start);
6389
6390 return window_height_changed_p;
6391 }
6392
6393
6394 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6395 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6396
6397 void
6398 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6399 {
6400 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6401 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6402 {
6403 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6404 int resized_p;
6405
6406 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6407 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6408 if (resized_p)
6409 {
6410 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6411 ++update_mode_lines;
6412 redisplay_internal (0);
6413 }
6414 }
6415 }
6416
6417
6418 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6419 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6420 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6421 returns. */
6422
6423 static int
6424 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6425 EMACS_INT a1;
6426 Lisp_Object a2;
6427 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6428 {
6429 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6430 }
6431
6432
6433 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6434 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6435 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6436 the window height has been changed. */
6437
6438 int
6439 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6440 struct window *w;
6441 int exact_p;
6442 {
6443 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6444 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6445
6446 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6447
6448 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6449 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6450 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6451 return 0;
6452
6453 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6454 {
6455 struct it it;
6456 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6457 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6458 int height, max_height;
6459 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6460 struct text_pos start;
6461 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6462
6463 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6464 {
6465 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6466 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6467 }
6468
6469 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6470
6471 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6472 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6473 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6474 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6475 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6476 else
6477 max_height = total_height / 4;
6478
6479 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6480 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6481 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6482
6483 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6484 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6485 height = 1;
6486 else
6487 {
6488 last_height = 0;
6489 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6490 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6491 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6492 else
6493 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6494 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6495 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6496 }
6497
6498 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6499 if (height > max_height)
6500 {
6501 height = max_height;
6502 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6503 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6504 start = it.current.pos;
6505 }
6506 else
6507 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6508 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6509
6510 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6511 {
6512 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6513 case the window shrinks again. */
6514 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6515 {
6516 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6517 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6518 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6519 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6520 }
6521 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6522 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6523 {
6524 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6525 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6526 shrink_mini_window (w);
6527 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6528 }
6529 }
6530 else
6531 {
6532 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6533 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6534 {
6535 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6536 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6537 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6538 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6539 }
6540 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6541 {
6542 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6543 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6544 shrink_mini_window (w);
6545
6546 if (height)
6547 {
6548 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6549 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6550 }
6551
6552 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6553 }
6554 }
6555
6556 if (old_current_buffer)
6557 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6558 }
6559
6560 return window_height_changed_p;
6561 }
6562
6563
6564 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6565 current message. */
6566
6567 Lisp_Object
6568 current_message ()
6569 {
6570 Lisp_Object msg;
6571
6572 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6573 msg = Qnil;
6574 else
6575 {
6576 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6577 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6578 if (NILP (msg))
6579 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6580 }
6581
6582 return msg;
6583 }
6584
6585
6586 static int
6587 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6588 EMACS_INT a1;
6589 Lisp_Object a2;
6590 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6591 {
6592 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6593
6594 if (Z > BEG)
6595 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6596 else
6597 *msg = Qnil;
6598 return 0;
6599 }
6600
6601
6602 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6603 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6604 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6605 worth optimizing. */
6606
6607 int
6608 push_message ()
6609 {
6610 Lisp_Object msg;
6611 msg = current_message ();
6612 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6613 return STRINGP (msg);
6614 }
6615
6616
6617 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6618
6619 Lisp_Object
6620 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6621 Lisp_Object dummy;
6622 {
6623 pop_message ();
6624 return Qnil;
6625 }
6626
6627
6628 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6629
6630 void
6631 restore_message ()
6632 {
6633 Lisp_Object msg;
6634
6635 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6636 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6637 if (STRINGP (msg))
6638 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6639 else
6640 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6641 }
6642
6643
6644 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6645
6646 void
6647 pop_message ()
6648 {
6649 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6650 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6651 }
6652
6653
6654 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6655 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6656 somewhere. */
6657
6658 void
6659 check_message_stack ()
6660 {
6661 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6662 abort ();
6663 }
6664
6665
6666 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6667 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6668
6669 void
6670 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6671 int nchars;
6672 {
6673 if (nchars == 0)
6674 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6675 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6676 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6677 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6678 else if (!noninteractive
6679 && INTERACTIVE
6680 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6681 {
6682 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6683 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6684 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6685 }
6686 }
6687
6688
6689 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6690 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6691
6692 static int
6693 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6694 EMACS_INT nchars;
6695 Lisp_Object a2;
6696 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6697 {
6698 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6699 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6700 if (Z == BEG)
6701 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6702 return 0;
6703 }
6704
6705
6706 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6707
6708 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6709 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6710 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6711
6712 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6713 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6714 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6715
6716 void
6717 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6718 char *s;
6719 Lisp_Object string;
6720 int nbytes;
6721 {
6722 message_enable_multibyte
6723 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6724 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6725
6726 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6727 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6728 message_buf_print = 0;
6729 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6730 }
6731
6732
6733 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6734 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6735 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6736 current. */
6737
6738 static int
6739 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6740 EMACS_INT a1;
6741 Lisp_Object a2;
6742 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6743 {
6744 char *s = (char *) a1;
6745 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6746
6747 xassert (BEG == Z);
6748
6749 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6750 if (message_enable_multibyte
6751 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6752 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6753
6754 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6755
6756 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6757 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6758
6759 if (STRINGP (string))
6760 {
6761 int nchars;
6762
6763 if (nbytes == 0)
6764 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6765 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6766
6767 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6768 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6769 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6770 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6771 }
6772 else if (s)
6773 {
6774 if (nbytes == 0)
6775 nbytes = strlen (s);
6776
6777 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6778 {
6779 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6780 int i, c, n;
6781 unsigned char work[1];
6782
6783 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6784 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6785 {
6786 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6787 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6788 ? c
6789 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6790 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6791 }
6792 }
6793 else if (!multibyte_p
6794 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6795 {
6796 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6797 int i, c, n;
6798 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6799 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6800
6801 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6802 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6803 {
6804 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6805 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6806 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6807 }
6808 }
6809 else
6810 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6811 }
6812
6813 return 0;
6814 }
6815
6816
6817 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6818 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6819 last displayed. */
6820
6821 void
6822 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6823 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6824 {
6825 if (current_p)
6826 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6827
6828 if (last_displayed_p)
6829 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6830
6831 message_buf_print = 0;
6832 }
6833
6834 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6835
6836 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6837 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6838 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6839 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6840 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6841 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6842
6843 static void
6844 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6845 {
6846 if (frame_garbaged)
6847 {
6848 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6849
6850 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6851 {
6852 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6853
6854 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6855 {
6856 clear_current_matrices (f);
6857 f->garbaged = 0;
6858 }
6859 }
6860
6861 frame_garbaged = 0;
6862 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6863 }
6864 }
6865
6866
6867 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6868 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6869 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6870
6871 static int
6872 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6873 int update_frame_p;
6874 {
6875 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6876 struct window *w;
6877 struct frame *f;
6878 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6879 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6880
6881 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6882 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6883 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6884
6885 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6886 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6887 return 0;
6888
6889 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6890 #ifndef macintosh
6891 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6892 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6893 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6894 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6895 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6896 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6897 return 0;
6898 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6899 #endif
6900
6901 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6902 if (frame_garbaged)
6903 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6904
6905 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6906 {
6907 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6908 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6909 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6910
6911 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6912 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6913 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6914 here could cause confusion. */
6915 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6916 {
6917 int n = 0;
6918
6919 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6920 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6921 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6922 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6923 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6924 if (!display_completed)
6925 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6926
6927 if (window_height_changed_p
6928 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
6929 needs to run hooks. */
6930 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
6931 {
6932 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6933 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6934 pending input. */
6935 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6936 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6937 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6938 redisplay_internal (0);
6939 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6940 }
6941 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6942 {
6943 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6944 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6945 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6946 update_single_window (w, 1);
6947 rif->flush_display (f);
6948 }
6949 else
6950 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6951
6952 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6953 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6954 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6955 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6956 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6957 }
6958 }
6959 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6960 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6961
6962 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6963 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6964
6965 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6966 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6967 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6968 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6969 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6970
6971 return window_height_changed_p;
6972 }
6973
6974
6975 \f
6976 /***********************************************************************
6977 Frame Titles
6978 ***********************************************************************/
6979
6980
6981 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6982
6983 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6984 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6985
6986 static char *frame_title_buf;
6987
6988 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6989
6990 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6991 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6992
6993
6994 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6995 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6996
6997 static void
6998 store_frame_title_char (c)
6999 char c;
7000 {
7001 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
7002 double the buffer's size. */
7003 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
7004 {
7005 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7006 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
7007 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
7008 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
7009 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
7010 }
7011
7012 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
7013 }
7014
7015
7016 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
7017 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
7018 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
7019 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
7020 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
7021 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
7022 frame title. */
7023
7024 static int
7025 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
7026 unsigned char *str;
7027 int field_width, precision;
7028 {
7029 int n = 0;
7030 int dummy, nbytes, width;
7031
7032 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
7033 nbytes = strlen (str);
7034 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
7035 while (nbytes--)
7036 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
7037
7038 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
7039 while (field_width > 0
7040 && n < field_width)
7041 {
7042 store_frame_title_char (' ');
7043 ++n;
7044 }
7045
7046 return n;
7047 }
7048
7049
7050 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
7051 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
7052 frame_title_format. */
7053
7054 static void
7055 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
7056 Lisp_Object frame;
7057 {
7058 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7059
7060 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7061 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
7062 || f->explicit_name)
7063 {
7064 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
7065 Lisp_Object tail;
7066 Lisp_Object fmt;
7067 struct buffer *obuf;
7068 int len;
7069 struct it it;
7070
7071 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7072 {
7073 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7074
7075 if (tf != f
7076 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
7077 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
7078 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
7079 break;
7080 }
7081
7082 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
7083 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
7084
7085 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
7086 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
7087 then display the title. */
7088 obuf = current_buffer;
7089 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
7090 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
7091 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
7092 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
7093 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7094 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
7095 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
7096 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
7097 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
7098
7099 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
7100 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
7101 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
7102 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
7103 higher level than this.) */
7104 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
7105 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
7106 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
7107 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
7108 }
7109 }
7110
7111 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7112
7113 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
7114 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
7115
7116 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7117
7118
7119
7120 \f
7121 /***********************************************************************
7122 Menu Bars
7123 ***********************************************************************/
7124
7125
7126 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
7127 appropriate. This can call eval. */
7128
7129 void
7130 prepare_menu_bars ()
7131 {
7132 int all_windows;
7133 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
7134 struct frame *f;
7135 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
7136
7137 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
7138 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
7139 #else
7140 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
7141 #endif
7142
7143 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
7144 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
7145 up-to-date frame titles. */
7146 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7147 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
7148 {
7149 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7150
7151 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7152 {
7153 f = XFRAME (frame);
7154 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
7155 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
7156 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
7157 }
7158 }
7159 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7160
7161 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
7162 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
7163 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
7164 || buffer_shared > 1
7165 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
7166 if (all_windows)
7167 {
7168 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7169 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7170
7171 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7172
7173 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7174 {
7175 f = XFRAME (frame);
7176
7177 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
7178 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
7179 continue;
7180
7181 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
7182 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
7183 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
7184 {
7185 Lisp_Object functions;
7186
7187 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
7188 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
7189 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
7190 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
7191
7192 while (CONSP (functions))
7193 {
7194 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
7195 functions = XCDR (functions);
7196 }
7197 UNGCPRO;
7198 }
7199
7200 GCPRO1 (tail);
7201 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
7202 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7203 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
7204 #endif
7205 UNGCPRO;
7206 }
7207
7208 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7209 }
7210 else
7211 {
7212 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7213 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
7214 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7215 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
7216 #endif
7217 }
7218
7219 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
7220 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
7221 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7222 pending_menu_activation = 0;
7223 #endif
7224 }
7225
7226
7227 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7228 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
7229 eval.
7230
7231 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
7232
7233 static void
7234 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
7235 struct frame *f;
7236 int save_match_data;
7237 {
7238 Lisp_Object window;
7239 register struct window *w;
7240
7241 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
7242 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
7243 redisplay. */
7244 if (inhibit_menubar_update)
7245 return;
7246
7247 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7248 w = XWINDOW (window);
7249
7250 if (update_mode_lines)
7251 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7252
7253 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7254 ?
7255 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7256 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
7257 #else
7258 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
7259 #endif
7260 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7261 {
7262 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7263 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7264 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7265 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7266 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7267 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7268 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7269 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7270 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7271 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7272 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7273 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7274 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7275 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7276 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7277 {
7278 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7279 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7280
7281 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update, Qt);
7282
7283 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7284 if (save_match_data)
7285 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7286 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7287 {
7288 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7289 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7290 }
7291
7292 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7293 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7294
7295 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7296 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7297 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7298 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7299
7300 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7301 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7302
7303 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7304 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7305 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7306 #if defined (macintosh)
7307 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7308 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7309 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7310 #endif
7311 )
7312 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7313 else
7314 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7315 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7316 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7317 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7318 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7319 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7320 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7321 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7322
7323 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7324 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7325 }
7326 }
7327 }
7328
7329
7330 \f
7331 /***********************************************************************
7332 Tool-bars
7333 ***********************************************************************/
7334
7335 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7336
7337 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7338 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7339 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7340 and restore it here. */
7341
7342 static void
7343 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7344 struct frame *f;
7345 int save_match_data;
7346 {
7347 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7348 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7349 {
7350 Lisp_Object window;
7351 struct window *w;
7352
7353 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7354 w = XWINDOW (window);
7355
7356 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7357 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7358 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7359 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7360 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7361 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7362 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7363 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7364 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7365 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7366 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7367 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7368 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7369 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7370 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7371 {
7372 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7373 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7374
7375 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7376 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7377 keymaps. */
7378 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7379
7380 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7381 if (save_match_data)
7382 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7383
7384 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7385 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7386 {
7387 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7388 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7389 }
7390
7391 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7392 f->tool_bar_items
7393 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7394
7395 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7396 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7397
7398 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7399 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7400 }
7401 }
7402 }
7403
7404
7405 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7406 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7407 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7408
7409 static void
7410 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7411 struct frame *f;
7412 {
7413 int i, size, size_needed;
7414 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7415 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7416
7417 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7418 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7419
7420 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7421 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7422
7423 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7424 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7425 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7426 : 0);
7427
7428 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7429 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7430
7431 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7432 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7433 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7434 make_number (' '));
7435 else
7436 {
7437 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7438 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7439 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7440 }
7441
7442 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7443 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7444 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7445 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7446 {
7447 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7448
7449 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7450 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7451 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7452 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7453 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7454
7455 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7456 button state. */
7457 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7458 if (VECTORP (image))
7459 {
7460 if (enabled_p)
7461 idx = (selected_p
7462 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7463 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7464 else
7465 idx = (selected_p
7466 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7467 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7468
7469 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7470 image = AREF (image, idx);
7471 }
7472 else
7473 idx = -1;
7474
7475 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7476 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7477 continue;
7478
7479 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7480 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7481
7482 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7483 relief = (tool_bar_button_relief > 0
7484 ? tool_bar_button_relief
7485 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF);
7486 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7487
7488 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7489 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7490 {
7491 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7492 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7493 }
7494 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7495 {
7496 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7497 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7498 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7499
7500 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7501 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7502 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7503 }
7504
7505 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7506 {
7507 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7508 selected. */
7509 if (selected_p)
7510 {
7511 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7512 hmargin -= relief;
7513 vmargin -= relief;
7514 }
7515 }
7516 else
7517 {
7518 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7519 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7520 raised relief. */
7521 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7522 (selected_p
7523 ? make_number (-relief)
7524 : make_number (relief)));
7525 hmargin -= relief;
7526 vmargin -= relief;
7527 }
7528
7529 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7530 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7531 {
7532 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7533 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7534 else
7535 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7536 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7537 make_number (vmargin)));
7538 }
7539
7540 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7541 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7542 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7543 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7544 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7545
7546 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7547 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7548 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7549 vector. */
7550 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7551 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7552 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7553
7554 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7555 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7556 previous string. */
7557 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7558 end = XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size;
7559 else
7560 end = i + 1;
7561 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7562 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7563 #undef PROP
7564 }
7565
7566 UNGCPRO;
7567 }
7568
7569
7570 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7571
7572 static void
7573 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7574 struct it *it;
7575 {
7576 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7577 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7578 struct glyph *last;
7579
7580 prepare_desired_row (row);
7581 row->y = it->current_y;
7582
7583 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7584 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7585 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7586
7587 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7588 {
7589 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7590
7591 /* Get the next display element. */
7592 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7593 break;
7594
7595 /* Produce glyphs. */
7596 x_before = it->current_x;
7597 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7598 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7599
7600 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7601 i = 0;
7602 x = x_before;
7603 while (i < nglyphs)
7604 {
7605 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7606
7607 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7608 {
7609 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7610 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7611 it->current_x = x;
7612 goto out;
7613 }
7614
7615 ++it->hpos;
7616 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7617 ++i;
7618 }
7619
7620 /* Stop at line ends. */
7621 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7622 break;
7623
7624 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7625 }
7626
7627 out:;
7628
7629 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7630 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7631 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7632 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7633 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7634 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7635 compute_line_metrics (it);
7636
7637 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7638 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7639 {
7640 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7641 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7642 }
7643
7644 row->full_width_p = 1;
7645 row->continued_p = 0;
7646 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7647 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7648
7649 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7650 it->current_y += row->height;
7651 ++it->vpos;
7652 ++it->glyph_row;
7653 }
7654
7655
7656 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7657 items of frame F visible. */
7658
7659 static int
7660 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7661 struct frame *f;
7662 {
7663 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7664 struct it it;
7665
7666 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7667 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7668 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7669 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7670 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7671 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7672
7673 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7674 {
7675 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7676 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7677 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7678 }
7679
7680 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7681 }
7682
7683
7684 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7685 0, 1, 0,
7686 "Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME.")
7687 (frame)
7688 Lisp_Object frame;
7689 {
7690 struct frame *f;
7691 struct window *w;
7692 int nlines = 0;
7693
7694 if (NILP (frame))
7695 frame = selected_frame;
7696 else
7697 CHECK_FRAME (frame, 0);
7698 f = XFRAME (frame);
7699
7700 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7701 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7702 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7703 {
7704 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7705 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7706 {
7707 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7708 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7709 }
7710 }
7711
7712 return make_number (nlines);
7713 }
7714
7715
7716 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7717 height should be changed. */
7718
7719 static int
7720 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7721 struct frame *f;
7722 {
7723 struct window *w;
7724 struct it it;
7725 struct glyph_row *row;
7726 int change_height_p = 0;
7727
7728 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7729 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7730 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7731 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7732 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7733 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7734 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7735 return 0;
7736
7737 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7738 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7739 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7740 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7741 row = it.glyph_row;
7742
7743 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7744 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7745 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7746
7747 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7748 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7749 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7750
7751 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7752 window, so don't do it. */
7753 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7754 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7755
7756 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7757 {
7758 int nlines;
7759
7760 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7761 height. */
7762 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7763 change_height_p = 1;
7764
7765 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7766 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7767 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7768 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7769 if (!row->displays_text_p
7770 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7771 change_height_p = 1;
7772
7773 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7774 change the tool-bar's height. */
7775 if (row->displays_text_p
7776 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7777 change_height_p = 1;
7778
7779 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7780 frame parameter. */
7781 if (change_height_p
7782 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7783 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7784 {
7785 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7786 Lisp_Object frame;
7787 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7788
7789 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7790 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7791 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7792 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7793 make_number (nlines)),
7794 Qnil));
7795 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7796 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7797 }
7798 }
7799
7800 return change_height_p;
7801 }
7802
7803
7804 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7805 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7806 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7807 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7808
7809 int
7810 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7811 struct frame *f;
7812 struct glyph *glyph;
7813 int *prop_idx;
7814 {
7815 Lisp_Object prop;
7816 int success_p;
7817
7818 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7819 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7820 F->tool_bar_items. */
7821 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7822 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7823 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7824 {
7825 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7826 success_p = 1;
7827 }
7828 else
7829 success_p = 0;
7830
7831 return success_p;
7832 }
7833
7834 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7835
7836
7837 \f
7838 /************************************************************************
7839 Horizontal scrolling
7840 ************************************************************************/
7841
7842 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7843 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7844
7845 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7846 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7847 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7848 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7849 changed. */
7850
7851 static int
7852 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7853 Lisp_Object window;
7854 {
7855 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7856
7857 while (WINDOWP (window))
7858 {
7859 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7860
7861 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7862 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7863 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7864 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7865 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7866 {
7867 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7868 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7869 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7870 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7871 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7872 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7873 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7874 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7875 ? desired_cursor_row
7876 : current_cursor_row);
7877
7878 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7879 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7880
7881 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7882 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7883
7884 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7885 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7886 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7887 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7888 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7889 {
7890 struct it it;
7891 int hscroll;
7892 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7893 int pt;
7894
7895 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7896 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7897 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7898
7899 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7900 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7901 else
7902 {
7903 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7904 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7905 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7906 }
7907
7908 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7909 a line with infinite width. */
7910 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7911 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7912 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7913 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7914
7915 /* Center cursor in window. */
7916 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7917 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7918 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7919
7920 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7921 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7922 optimizations. */
7923 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7924 {
7925 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7926 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7927 hscrolled_p = 1;
7928 }
7929 }
7930 }
7931
7932 window = w->next;
7933 }
7934
7935 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7936 return hscrolled_p;
7937 }
7938
7939
7940 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7941 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7942 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7943 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7944 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7945
7946 static int
7947 hscroll_windows (window)
7948 Lisp_Object window;
7949 {
7950 int hscrolled_p;
7951
7952 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7953 {
7954 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7955 if (hscrolled_p)
7956 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7957 }
7958 else
7959 hscrolled_p = 0;
7960 return hscrolled_p;
7961 }
7962
7963
7964 \f
7965 /************************************************************************
7966 Redisplay
7967 ************************************************************************/
7968
7969 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7970 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7971 session. */
7972
7973 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7974
7975 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7976
7977 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7978 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7979
7980 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7981
7982 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7983
7984 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7985
7986 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7987
7988 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7989 try_window_id. */
7990
7991 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7992
7993 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7994 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7995 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7996 resulting string to stderr. */
7997
7998 static void
7999 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
8000 struct window *w;
8001 char *fmt;
8002 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
8003 {
8004 char buffer[512];
8005 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
8006 int len = strlen (method);
8007 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
8008 int remaining = size - len - 1;
8009
8010 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
8011 if (len && remaining)
8012 {
8013 method[len] = '|';
8014 --remaining, ++len;
8015 }
8016
8017 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
8018
8019 if (trace_redisplay_p)
8020 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
8021 w,
8022 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
8023 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
8024 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
8025 : "no buffer"),
8026 buffer);
8027 }
8028
8029 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
8030
8031
8032 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
8033 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
8034 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
8035 cleared. */
8036
8037 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
8038 static int clear_face_cache_count;
8039
8040 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
8041
8042 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
8043
8044 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
8045
8046 int redisplaying_p;
8047
8048
8049 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
8050 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
8051 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
8052 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
8053
8054 static INLINE int
8055 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
8056 struct window *w;
8057 int start, end;
8058 {
8059 int unchanged_p = 1;
8060
8061 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
8062 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8063 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8064 {
8065 /* Gap in the line? */
8066 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
8067 unchanged_p = 0;
8068
8069 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
8070 if (unchanged_p
8071 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
8072 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
8073 unchanged_p = 0;
8074
8075 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
8076 beginning of the line. */
8077 if (unchanged_p
8078 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
8079 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
8080 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
8081 unchanged_p = 0;
8082 }
8083
8084 return unchanged_p;
8085 }
8086
8087
8088 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
8089 the main external entry point for redisplay.
8090
8091 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
8092 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
8093 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
8094
8095 void
8096 redisplay ()
8097 {
8098 redisplay_internal (0);
8099 }
8100
8101 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
8102 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
8103 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
8104
8105 int
8106 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
8107 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
8108 int prev_pt, pt;
8109 {
8110 int start, end;
8111 Lisp_Object prop;
8112 Lisp_Object buffer;
8113
8114 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
8115 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
8116 same buffer. */
8117 if (prev_buf == buf)
8118 {
8119 if (prev_pt == pt)
8120 /* Point didn't move. */
8121 return 0;
8122
8123 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8124 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8125 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8126 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
8127 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
8128 point moved out of the composition. */
8129 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
8130 }
8131
8132 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
8133 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
8134 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
8135 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
8136 && start < pt && end > pt);
8137 }
8138
8139 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
8140 in window W. */
8141
8142 static INLINE void
8143 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
8144 struct window *w;
8145 struct buffer *b;
8146 {
8147 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
8148 b->clip_changed = 1;
8149 else if (b->clip_changed
8150 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8151 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
8152 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
8153 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
8154 b->clip_changed = 0;
8155
8156 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
8157 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
8158 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
8159 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
8160 check. */
8161 if (!b->clip_changed
8162 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
8163 {
8164 int pt;
8165
8166 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8167 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
8168 else
8169 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
8170
8171 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8172 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
8173 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
8174 XINT (w->last_point),
8175 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
8176 b->clip_changed = 1;
8177 }
8178 }
8179
8180
8181 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
8182 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
8183 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
8184 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
8185 causes some problems. */
8186
8187 static void
8188 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
8189 int preserve_echo_area;
8190 {
8191 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
8192 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8193 int pause;
8194 int must_finish = 0;
8195 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
8196 int number_of_visible_frames;
8197 int count;
8198 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
8199
8200 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
8201 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
8202 int consider_all_windows_p;
8203
8204 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
8205
8206 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
8207 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
8208 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
8209 if (noninteractive
8210 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
8211 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
8212 return;
8213
8214 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
8215 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
8216 update necessary. */
8217 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
8218 {
8219 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
8220 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8221 return;
8222 }
8223
8224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8225 if (popup_activated ())
8226 return;
8227 #endif
8228
8229 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
8230 if (redisplaying_p)
8231 return;
8232
8233 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
8234 when we leave this function. */
8235 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
8236 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
8237 ++redisplaying_p;
8238
8239 retry:
8240 pause = 0;
8241 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
8242
8243 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
8244 necessary, do it. */
8245 if (fonts_changed_p)
8246 {
8247 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
8248 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8249 fonts_changed_p = 0;
8250 }
8251
8252 /* If face_change_count is non-zero, init_iterator will free all
8253 realized faces, which includes the faces referenced from current
8254 matrices. So, we can't reuse current matrices in this case. */
8255 if (face_change_count)
8256 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8257
8258 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
8259 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
8260 {
8261 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
8262 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
8263 thing. */
8264 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8265 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
8266 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
8267 }
8268 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
8269
8270 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
8271 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
8272 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8273 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8274 {
8275 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8276
8277 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8278
8279 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8280 {
8281 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8282
8283 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8284 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8285 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8286 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8287 }
8288 }
8289
8290 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8291 do_pending_window_change (1);
8292
8293 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8294 if (frame_garbaged)
8295 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8296
8297 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8298 prepare_menu_bars ();
8299
8300 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8301 update_mode_lines++;
8302
8303 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8304 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8305 {
8306 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8307 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8308 update_mode_lines++;
8309 }
8310
8311 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8312 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8313 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8314 where no change is needed. */
8315 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8316 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8317 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8318 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8319 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8320
8321 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8322
8323 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8324 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8325 there. */
8326 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8327
8328 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8329 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8330 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8331 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8332 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8333
8334 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8335 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8336 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8337 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8338 the echo area should be cleared. */
8339 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8340 {
8341 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8342 must_finish = 1;
8343
8344 if (fonts_changed_p)
8345 goto retry;
8346 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8347 {
8348 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8349 ++update_mode_lines;
8350 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8351
8352 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8353 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8354 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8355 if (frame_garbaged)
8356 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8357 }
8358 }
8359 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8360 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8361 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8362 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8363 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8364 {
8365 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8366 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8367 must_finish = 1;
8368 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8369 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8370 ++update_mode_lines;
8371
8372 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8373 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8374 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8375 if (frame_garbaged)
8376 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8377 }
8378
8379
8380 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8381 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8382 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8383 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8384 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8385 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8386 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8387 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8388 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8389 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8390
8391 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8392 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8393 set in display_line and record information about the line
8394 containing the cursor. */
8395 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8396 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8397 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8398 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8399 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8400 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8401 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8402 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8403 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8404 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8405 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8406 && NILP (w->force_start)
8407 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8408 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8409 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8410 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8411 must be unchanged */
8412 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8413 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8414 {
8415 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8416 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8417 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8418 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8419 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8420 goto cancel;
8421 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8422 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8423 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8424 {
8425 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8426 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8427 line 885).
8428
8429 For instance, in the following case:
8430
8431 -------- Insert --------
8432 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8433 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8434 ^^ ^^
8435 -------- --------
8436
8437 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8438
8439 struct it it;
8440 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8441
8442 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8443 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8444 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8445
8446 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8447 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8448 goto cancel;
8449
8450 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8451 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8452 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8453 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8454 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8455 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8456 display_line (&it);
8457
8458 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8459 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8460 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8461 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8462 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8463 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8464 /* Line ends as before. */
8465 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8466 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8467 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8468 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8469 {
8470 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8471 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8472 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8473 {
8474 struct glyph_row *row
8475 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8476 int delta, delta_bytes;
8477
8478 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8479 {
8480 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8481 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8482 delta = (Z
8483 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8484 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8485 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8486 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8487 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8488 }
8489 else
8490 {
8491 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8492 account of the newline and the rest of the
8493 text that follows. */
8494 delta = (Z
8495 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8496 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8497 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8498 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8499 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8500 }
8501
8502 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8503 this_line_vpos + 1,
8504 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8505 delta, delta_bytes);
8506 }
8507
8508 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8509 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8510 adjusted. */
8511 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8512 {
8513 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8514 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8515 }
8516 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8517 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8518 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8519 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8520
8521 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8522 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8523
8524 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8525 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8526 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8527 #endif
8528 goto update;
8529 }
8530 else
8531 goto cancel;
8532 }
8533 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8534 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8535 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8536 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8537 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8538 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8539 {
8540 if (!must_finish)
8541 {
8542 do_pending_window_change (1);
8543
8544 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8545 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8546 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8547 goto end_of_redisplay;
8548 }
8549 goto update;
8550 }
8551 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8552 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8553 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8554 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8555 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8556 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8557 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8558 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8559 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8560 {
8561 struct it it;
8562 struct glyph_row *row;
8563
8564 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8565 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8566 next visible position. */
8567 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8568 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8569 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8570 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8571 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8572
8573 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8574 moves over before-strings. */
8575 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8576
8577 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8578 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8579 row->enabled_p))
8580 {
8581 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8582 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8583 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8584 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8585 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8586 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 3");
8587 #endif
8588 goto update;
8589 }
8590 else
8591 goto cancel;
8592 }
8593
8594 cancel:
8595 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8596 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8597 }
8598
8599 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8600 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8601 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8602
8603
8604 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8605 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8606 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8607
8608 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8609 {
8610 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8611 int i, n = 0, size = 50;
8612 struct frame **updated
8613 = (struct frame **) alloca (size * sizeof *updated);
8614
8615 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8616 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8617 {
8618 clear_face_cache (0);
8619 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8620 }
8621
8622 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8623 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8624 buffer_shared = 0;
8625
8626 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8627 {
8628 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8629
8630 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8631 {
8632 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8633 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8634 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8635 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8636
8637 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8638 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8639
8640 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8641 nuked should now go away. */
8642 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8643 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8644
8645 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8646 if (fonts_changed_p)
8647 goto retry;
8648
8649 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8650 {
8651 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8652 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8653 goto retry;
8654
8655 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8656 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8657 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8658 error. */
8659 if (interrupt_input)
8660 unrequest_sigio ();
8661 stop_polling ();
8662
8663 /* Update the display. */
8664 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8665 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8666 if (pause)
8667 break;
8668
8669 if (n == size)
8670 {
8671 int nbytes = size * sizeof *updated;
8672 struct frame **p = (struct frame **) alloca (2 * nbytes);
8673 bcopy (updated, p, nbytes);
8674 size *= 2;
8675 }
8676
8677 updated[n++] = f;
8678 }
8679 }
8680 }
8681
8682 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
8683 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
8684 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
8685 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
8686 {
8687 struct frame *f = updated[i];
8688 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8689 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8690 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8691 }
8692 }
8693 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8694 {
8695 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8696 struct frame *mini_frame;
8697
8698 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8699
8700 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8701 update:
8702
8703 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8704 if (fonts_changed_p)
8705 goto retry;
8706
8707 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8708 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8709 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8710 if (interrupt_input)
8711 unrequest_sigio ();
8712 stop_polling ();
8713
8714 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8715 {
8716 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8717 goto retry;
8718
8719 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8720 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8721 }
8722
8723 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8724 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8725 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8726 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8727 it here. */
8728 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8729 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8730
8731 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8732 {
8733 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8734 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8735 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8736 goto retry;
8737 }
8738 }
8739
8740 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8741 thorough update the next time. */
8742 if (pause)
8743 {
8744 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8745 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8746 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8747 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8748
8749 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8750 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8751 {
8752 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8753 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8754 }
8755
8756 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8757 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8758 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8759 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8760 update_mode_lines = 1;
8761 }
8762 else
8763 {
8764 if (!consider_all_windows_p)
8765 {
8766 /* This has already been done above if
8767 consider_all_windows_p is set. */
8768 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, 1);
8769
8770 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8771 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8772
8773 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8774 frame_up_to_date_hook (sf);
8775 }
8776
8777 update_mode_lines = 0;
8778 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8779 }
8780
8781 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8782 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8783 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8784 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8785 if (interrupt_input)
8786 request_sigio ();
8787 start_polling ();
8788
8789 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8790 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8791 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8792 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8793 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8794 frames here explicitly. */
8795 if (!pause)
8796 {
8797 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8798 int new_count = 0;
8799
8800 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8801 {
8802 int this_is_visible = 0;
8803
8804 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8805 this_is_visible = 1;
8806 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8807 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8808 this_is_visible = 1;
8809
8810 if (this_is_visible)
8811 new_count++;
8812 }
8813
8814 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8815 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8816 }
8817
8818 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8819 do_pending_window_change (1);
8820
8821 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8822 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8823 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8824 goto retry;
8825
8826 end_of_redisplay:;
8827
8828 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8829 }
8830
8831
8832 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8833 another message has been requested in its place.
8834
8835 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8836 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8837 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8838 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
8839
8840 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
8841 called. This is useful for debugging. */
8842
8843 void
8844 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
8845 int from_where;
8846 {
8847 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
8848
8849 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8850 {
8851 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8852 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8853 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8854 redisplay_internal (1);
8855 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8856 }
8857 else
8858 redisplay_internal (1);
8859 }
8860
8861
8862 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8863 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8864 in progress. */
8865
8866 static Lisp_Object
8867 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8868 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8869 {
8870 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8871 return Qnil;
8872 }
8873
8874
8875 /* Mark the display of window W as accurate or inaccurate. If
8876 ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of W as accurate. If
8877 ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for W to be redisplayed the next time
8878 redisplay_internal is called. */
8879
8880 static void
8881 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p)
8882 struct window *w;
8883 int accurate_p;
8884 {
8885 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8886 {
8887 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8888
8889 w->last_modified
8890 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8891 w->last_overlay_modified
8892 = make_number (accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8893 w->last_had_star
8894 = BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b) ? Qt : Qnil;
8895
8896 if (accurate_p)
8897 {
8898 b->clip_changed = 0;
8899 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8900
8901 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8902 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8903 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8904 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8905
8906 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8907 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8908 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8909
8910 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8911 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8912
8913 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8914 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8915 else
8916 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8917 }
8918 }
8919
8920 if (accurate_p)
8921 {
8922 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8923 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8924 }
8925 }
8926
8927
8928 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8929 accurate or inaccurate. If ACCURATE_P is non-zero mark display of
8930 windows as accurate. If ACCURATE_P is zero, arrange for windows to
8931 be redisplayed the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8932
8933 void
8934 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8935 Lisp_Object window;
8936 int accurate_p;
8937 {
8938 struct window *w;
8939
8940 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8941 {
8942 w = XWINDOW (window);
8943 mark_window_display_accurate_1 (w, accurate_p);
8944
8945 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8946 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8947 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8948 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8949 }
8950
8951 if (accurate_p)
8952 {
8953 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8954 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8955 }
8956 else
8957 {
8958 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8959 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8960 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8961 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8962 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8963 }
8964 }
8965
8966
8967 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8968 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8969 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8970 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8971
8972 Lisp_Object
8973 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8974 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8975 int c;
8976 {
8977 int code[4], i;
8978 Lisp_Object val;
8979
8980 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8981 return (dp->contents[c]);
8982
8983 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8984 if (code[1] < 32)
8985 code[1] = -1;
8986 else if (code[2] < 32)
8987 code[2] = -1;
8988
8989 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8990 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8991 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8992 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8993 code[0] += 128;
8994 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8995
8996 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8997 {
8998 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8999 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
9000 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
9001 }
9002
9003 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
9004 it. */
9005 return (dp->defalt);
9006 }
9007
9008
9009 \f
9010 /***********************************************************************
9011 Window Redisplay
9012 ***********************************************************************/
9013
9014 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
9015
9016 static void
9017 redisplay_windows (window)
9018 Lisp_Object window;
9019 {
9020 while (!NILP (window))
9021 {
9022 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9023
9024 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9025 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
9026 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9027 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
9028 else
9029 redisplay_window (window, 0);
9030
9031 window = w->next;
9032 }
9033 }
9034
9035
9036 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
9037 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
9038 differ from current buffer positions. */
9039
9040 void
9041 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
9042 struct window *w;
9043 struct glyph_row *row;
9044 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9045 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
9046 {
9047 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9048 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
9049 int x = row->x;
9050 int pt_old = PT - delta;
9051
9052 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
9053 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
9054 frames. */
9055 if (row->displays_text_p)
9056 while (glyph < end
9057 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9058 && glyph->charpos < 0)
9059 {
9060 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9061 ++glyph;
9062 }
9063
9064 while (glyph < end
9065 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
9066 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
9067 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
9068 {
9069 x += glyph->pixel_width;
9070 ++glyph;
9071 }
9072
9073 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
9074 w->cursor.x = x;
9075 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
9076 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
9077
9078 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9079 {
9080 if (!row->continued_p
9081 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
9082 && row->x == 0)
9083 {
9084 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9085
9086 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9087 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
9088 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
9089 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
9090
9091 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9092 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
9093 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
9094 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
9095
9096 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9097 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
9098 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
9099 this_line_start_x = row->x;
9100 }
9101 else
9102 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
9103 }
9104 }
9105
9106
9107 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
9108 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
9109
9110 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
9111
9112 static INLINE struct text_pos
9113 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
9114 Lisp_Object window;
9115 struct text_pos startp;
9116 {
9117 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9118 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
9119
9120 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9121 abort ();
9122
9123 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9124 {
9125 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
9126 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
9127 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9128 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
9129 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
9130 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9131 }
9132
9133 return startp;
9134 }
9135
9136
9137 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
9138 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
9139
9140 static void
9141 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
9142 struct window *w;
9143 {
9144 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9145 struct glyph_row *row;
9146 int window_height;
9147
9148 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
9149 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
9150 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9151 return;
9152
9153 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9154 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
9155
9156 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
9157 to do. */
9158 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9159 return;
9160
9161 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
9162 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
9163 window_height = window_box_height (w);
9164 if (row->height >= window_height)
9165 return;
9166
9167 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
9168 {
9169 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
9170 w->vscroll = 0;
9171 w->cursor.y += dy;
9172 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9173 }
9174 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
9175 {
9176 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
9177 w->vscroll = dy;
9178 w->cursor.y += dy;
9179 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
9180 }
9181
9182 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
9183 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
9184 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
9185 the correct y-position. */
9186 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
9187 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
9188 }
9189
9190
9191 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
9192 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
9193 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
9194 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
9195 the case that only the cursor has moved.
9196
9197 Value is
9198
9199 1 if scrolling succeeded
9200
9201 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
9202
9203 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
9204 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
9205
9206 static int
9207 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
9208 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
9209 Lisp_Object window;
9210 int just_this_one_p;
9211 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
9212 int temp_scroll_step;
9213 {
9214 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9215 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9216 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
9217 struct text_pos pos;
9218 struct text_pos startp;
9219 struct it it;
9220 Lisp_Object window_end;
9221 int this_scroll_margin;
9222 int dy = 0;
9223 int scroll_max;
9224 int rc;
9225 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
9226 Lisp_Object aggressive;
9227 int height;
9228
9229 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9230 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
9231 #endif
9232
9233 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9234
9235 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
9236 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
9237 if (scroll_margin > 0)
9238 {
9239 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
9240 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9241 }
9242 else
9243 this_scroll_margin = 0;
9244
9245 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
9246 into view. */
9247 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
9248 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
9249 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
9250 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
9251 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
9252 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
9253 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
9254 there should be a variable for this. */
9255 scroll_max = 10;
9256 else
9257 scroll_max = 0;
9258 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9259
9260 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
9261 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
9262 margin. */
9263 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
9264 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
9265 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
9266 if (this_scroll_margin)
9267 {
9268 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9269 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
9270 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9271 }
9272
9273 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9274 {
9275 int y0;
9276
9277 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9278 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9279
9280 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9281 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9282 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9283 y0 = it.current_y;
9284 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9285 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9286
9287 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
9288 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
9289 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
9290 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
9291 added below. */
9292 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
9293
9294 if (dy > scroll_max)
9295 return 0;
9296
9297 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9298 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9299 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9300 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9301
9302 if (scroll_conservatively)
9303 amount_to_scroll
9304 = max (max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
9305 CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9306 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9307 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9308 else
9309 {
9310 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9311 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9312 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9313 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9314 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9315 }
9316
9317 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9318 return 0;
9319
9320 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9321 startp = it.current.pos;
9322 }
9323 else
9324 {
9325 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9326 window. */
9327 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9328 if (this_scroll_margin)
9329 {
9330 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9331 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9332 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9333 }
9334
9335 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9336 {
9337 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9338 above what is displayed in the window. */
9339 int y0;
9340
9341 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9342 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9343 scroll_max. */
9344 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9345 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9346 y0 = it.current_y;
9347 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9348 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9349 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9350 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9351 if (dy > scroll_max)
9352 return 0;
9353
9354 /* Compute new window start. */
9355 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9356
9357 if (scroll_conservatively)
9358 amount_to_scroll =
9359 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9360 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9361 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9362 else
9363 {
9364 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9365 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9366 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9367 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9368 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9369 }
9370
9371 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9372 return 0;
9373
9374 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9375 startp = it.current.pos;
9376 }
9377 }
9378
9379 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9380 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9381
9382 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9383 doesn't appear. */
9384 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9385 rc = -1;
9386 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9387 {
9388 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9389 rc = 0;
9390 }
9391 else
9392 {
9393 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9394 if (!just_this_one_p
9395 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9396 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9397 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9398
9399 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9400 lines up or down. */
9401 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9402 rc = 1;
9403 }
9404
9405 return rc;
9406 }
9407
9408
9409 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9410 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9411 was computed.
9412
9413 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9414 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9415 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9416
9417 static int
9418 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9419 struct window *w;
9420 {
9421 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9422 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9423
9424 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9425
9426 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9427 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9428 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9429 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9430 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9431 {
9432 struct it it;
9433 struct glyph_row *row;
9434
9435 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9436 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9437 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9438 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9439 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9440
9441 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9442 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9443 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9444 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9445 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9446 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9447
9448 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9449 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9450 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9451 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9452 {
9453 int min_distance, distance;
9454
9455 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9456 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9457 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9458 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9459 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9460 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9461 pos = it.current.pos;
9462 min_distance = INFINITY;
9463 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9464 distance < min_distance)
9465 {
9466 min_distance = distance;
9467 pos = it.current.pos;
9468 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9469 }
9470
9471 /* Set the window start there. */
9472 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9473 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9474 }
9475 }
9476
9477 return window_start_changed_p;
9478 }
9479
9480
9481 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9482 with window start STARTP. Value is
9483
9484 1 if successful
9485
9486 0 if this method cannot be used
9487
9488 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9489 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9490 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9491
9492 static int
9493 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9494 Lisp_Object window;
9495 struct text_pos startp;
9496 int *scroll_step;
9497 {
9498 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9499 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9500 int rc = 0;
9501
9502 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9503 not moved off the frame. */
9504 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9505 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9506 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9507 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9508 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9509 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9510 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9511 cases. */
9512 && !update_mode_lines
9513 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9514 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9515 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9516 set the cursor. */
9517 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9518 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9519 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9520 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9521 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9522 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9523 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9524 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9525 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9526 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9527 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9528 handles the same cases. */
9529 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9530 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9531 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9532 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9533 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9534 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9535 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9536 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9537 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9538 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9539 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9540 {
9541 int this_scroll_margin;
9542 struct glyph_row *row;
9543
9544 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9545 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9546 #endif
9547
9548 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9549 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9550 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9551 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9552 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9553
9554 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9555 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9556 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9557 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9558 rc = -1;
9559 else
9560 {
9561 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9562 if (row->mode_line_p)
9563 ++row;
9564 if (!row->enabled_p)
9565 rc = -1;
9566 }
9567
9568 if (rc == 0)
9569 {
9570 int scroll_p = 0;
9571 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9572
9573 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9574 {
9575 /* Point has moved forward. */
9576 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9577 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9578 {
9579 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9580 ++row;
9581 }
9582
9583 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9584 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9585 display it in the next line. */
9586 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9587 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9588 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9589 ++row;
9590
9591 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9592 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9593 the next line would be drawn, and that
9594 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9595 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9596 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9597 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9598 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9599 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9600 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9601 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9602 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9603 scroll_p = 1;
9604 }
9605 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9606 {
9607 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9608 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9609 if-statement. */
9610 while (!row->mode_line_p
9611 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9612 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9613 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9614 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9615 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9616 {
9617 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9618 --row;
9619 }
9620
9621 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9622 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9623 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9624 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9625 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9626 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9627 || row->mode_line_p)
9628 {
9629 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9630 if (row->mode_line_p)
9631 ++row;
9632 }
9633
9634 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9635 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9636 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9637 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9638 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9639 ++row;
9640
9641 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9642 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9643 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9644 scroll_p = 1;
9645 }
9646
9647 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9648 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9649 {
9650 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9651 rc = -1;
9652 }
9653 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9654 {
9655 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9656 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9657 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9658 rc = -1;
9659 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9660 {
9661 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9662 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9663 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9664 about it. */
9665 *scroll_step = 1;
9666 rc = -1;
9667 }
9668 else
9669 {
9670 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9671 try_window (window, startp);
9672 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9673 rc = 1;
9674 }
9675 }
9676 else if (scroll_p)
9677 rc = -1;
9678 else
9679 {
9680 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9681 rc = 1;
9682 }
9683 }
9684 }
9685
9686 return rc;
9687 }
9688
9689
9690 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9691 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9692
9693 static void
9694 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9695 Lisp_Object window;
9696 int just_this_one_p;
9697 {
9698 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9699 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9700 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9701 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9702 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9703 int update_mode_line;
9704 int tem;
9705 struct it it;
9706 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9707 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9708 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9709 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9710 int rc;
9711
9712 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9713 opoint = lpoint;
9714
9715 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9716 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9717 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9718 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9719 #endif
9720
9721 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9722
9723 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9724
9725 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9726 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9727 || update_mode_lines
9728 || buffer->clip_changed);
9729
9730 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9731 {
9732 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9733 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9734 {
9735 if (update_mode_line)
9736 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9737 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9738 goto finish_menu_bars;
9739 else
9740 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9741 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9742 }
9743 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9744 {
9745 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9746 active one, so clear it. */
9747 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9748 struct glyph_row *row;
9749 int y;
9750
9751 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9752 y < yb;
9753 y += row->height, ++row)
9754 blank_row (w, row, y);
9755 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9756 }
9757 }
9758
9759 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9760 value. */
9761 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9762 variables. */
9763 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9764 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9765
9766 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9767 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9768 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9769 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9770 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9771
9772 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9773 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9774 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9775 {
9776 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9777 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9778 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9779 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9780
9781 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9782 }
9783
9784 /* Some sanity checks. */
9785 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9786 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9787 abort ();
9788 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9789 abort ();
9790
9791 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9792 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9793 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9794 where no change is needed. */
9795 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9796 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9797 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9798 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9799 update_mode_line = 1;
9800
9801 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9802 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9803 if (!just_this_one_p)
9804 {
9805 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9806 current_base = current_buffer;
9807 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9808 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9809 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9810 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9811 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9812 if (current_base == window_base)
9813 buffer_shared++;
9814 }
9815
9816 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9817 window, set up appropriate value. */
9818 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9819 {
9820 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9821 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9822 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9823 {
9824 new_pt = BEGV;
9825 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9826 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9827 }
9828 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9829 {
9830 new_pt = ZV;
9831 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9832 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9833 }
9834
9835 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9836 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9837 }
9838
9839 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9840 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9841 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9842 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9843 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9844 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9845 {
9846 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9847
9848 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9849 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9850 {
9851 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9852 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9853 BEG, Z);
9854 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9855 }
9856 }
9857
9858 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9859 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9860 goto recenter;
9861
9862 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9863
9864 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9865 check whether it can be used. */
9866 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9867 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9868 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9869 {
9870 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9871 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9872 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9873 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9874 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9875 w->force_start = Qt;
9876 }
9877
9878 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9879 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9880 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9881 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9882 {
9883 w->force_start = Qnil;
9884 w->vscroll = 0;
9885 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9886
9887 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9888 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9889 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9890 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9891
9892 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9893 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9894 because we have scrolled. */
9895 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9896 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9897 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9898 and having them get more errors. */
9899 if (!update_mode_line
9900 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9901 {
9902 update_mode_line = 1;
9903 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9904 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9905 }
9906
9907 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
9908 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
9909 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9910 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9911 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9912 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9913
9914 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9915 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9916 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9917 {
9918 w->force_start = Qt;
9919 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9920 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9921 }
9922
9923 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9924 {
9925 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9926 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9927 can use it here. */
9928 int window_height;
9929 struct glyph_row *row;
9930
9931 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9932 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9933 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9934 ++row;
9935
9936 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9937 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9938
9939 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9940 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9941 else if (current_buffer == old)
9942 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9943
9944 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9945
9946 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9947 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9948 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9949 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9950 {
9951 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9952 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9953 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9954 }
9955 }
9956
9957 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9958 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9959 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9960 #endif
9961 goto done;
9962 }
9963
9964 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9965 not moved off the frame. */
9966 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9967 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9968 rc != 0))
9969 {
9970 if (rc == -1)
9971 goto try_to_scroll;
9972 else
9973 goto done;
9974 }
9975 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9976 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9977 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9978 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9979 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9980 {
9981 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9982 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9983 #endif
9984 goto recenter;
9985 }
9986
9987 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9988 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9989 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9990 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9991 be full width. */
9992 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9993 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9994 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9995 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9996 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9997 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9998 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9999 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
10000 /* Selective display has not changed. */
10001 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10002 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
10003 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10004 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
10005 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
10006 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10007 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10008 && NILP (w->region_showing)
10009 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
10010 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
10011 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
10012 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
10013 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
10014 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
10015 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
10016 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
10017 {
10018 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10019 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
10020 #endif
10021
10022 if (fonts_changed_p)
10023 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10024 if (tem > 0)
10025 goto done;
10026
10027 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
10028 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
10029 }
10030 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10031 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
10032 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
10033 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
10034 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
10035 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10036 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
10037 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
10038 {
10039 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10040 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
10041 #endif
10042
10043 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
10044 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
10045 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10046 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10047 because a window scroll function can have changed the
10048 buffer. */
10049 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10050 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10051 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10052 {
10053 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
10054 try_window (window, startp);
10055 }
10056
10057 if (fonts_changed_p)
10058 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10059
10060 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
10061 {
10062 if (!just_this_one_p
10063 || current_buffer->clip_changed
10064 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
10065 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
10066 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10067
10068 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
10069 goto done;
10070 }
10071 else
10072 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10073 }
10074
10075 try_to_scroll:
10076
10077 w->last_modified = make_number (0);
10078 w->last_overlay_modified = make_number (0);
10079
10080 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
10081 if (!update_mode_line)
10082 {
10083 update_mode_line = 1;
10084 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10085 }
10086
10087 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
10088 if ((scroll_conservatively
10089 || scroll_step
10090 || temp_scroll_step
10091 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
10092 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
10093 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
10094 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
10095 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
10096 {
10097 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
10098 successful, 0 if not successful. */
10099 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
10100 scroll_conservatively,
10101 scroll_step,
10102 temp_scroll_step);
10103 if (rc > 0)
10104 goto done;
10105 else if (rc < 0)
10106 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10107 }
10108
10109 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
10110
10111 recenter:
10112
10113 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10114 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
10115 #endif
10116
10117 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
10118
10119 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
10120 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10121 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
10122 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10123
10124 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
10125 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10126 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
10127 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, window_box_height (w) / 2);
10128 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
10129
10130 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
10131 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
10132 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
10133 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
10134 containing PT in this case. */
10135 if (it.current_y <= 0)
10136 {
10137 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10138 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
10139 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
10140 it.current_y = 0;
10141 }
10142
10143 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
10144
10145 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
10146 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
10147 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
10148
10149 /* Run scroll hooks. */
10150 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
10151
10152 /* Redisplay the window. */
10153 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
10154 || windows_or_buffers_changed
10155 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
10156 because it can have changed the buffer. */
10157 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
10158 || !just_this_one_p
10159 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10160 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
10161 try_window (window, startp);
10162
10163 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
10164 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
10165 matrices. */
10166 if (fonts_changed_p)
10167 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10168
10169 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
10170 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
10171 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
10172 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
10173 line.) */
10174 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10175 {
10176 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
10177 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
10178 {
10179 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10180 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
10181 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10182 }
10183 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
10184 {
10185 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10186 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
10187 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
10188 }
10189 else
10190 {
10191 /* Not much we can do about it. */
10192 }
10193 }
10194
10195 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
10196 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
10197 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
10198 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
10199 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10200 {
10201 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10202 if (row->mode_line_p)
10203 ++row;
10204 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10205 }
10206
10207 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
10208
10209 done:
10210
10211 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10212 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10213 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
10214 ? Qt : Qnil);
10215
10216 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
10217 if ((update_mode_line
10218 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
10219 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
10220 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
10221 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
10222 || (!just_this_one_p
10223 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10224 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
10225 /* Line number to display. */
10226 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
10227 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
10228 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10229 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
10230 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
10231 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10232 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
10233 {
10234 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
10235
10236 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
10237
10238 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
10239 display_mode_lines (w);
10240 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
10241
10242 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10243 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10244 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10245 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10246 {
10247 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10248 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10249 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10250 }
10251
10252 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10253 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10254 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10255 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10256 {
10257 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10258 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10259 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10260 }
10261
10262 if (fonts_changed_p)
10263 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10264 }
10265
10266 if (!line_number_displayed
10267 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10268 {
10269 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10270 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10271 }
10272
10273 finish_menu_bars:
10274
10275 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10276 if (update_mode_line
10277 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10278 {
10279 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10280
10281 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10282 {
10283 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
10284 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10285 #else
10286 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10287 #endif
10288 }
10289 else
10290 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10291
10292 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10293 display_menu_bar (w);
10294
10295 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10296 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10297 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10298 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10299 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10300 #endif
10301 }
10302
10303 finish_scroll_bars:
10304
10305 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10306 {
10307 int start, end, whole;
10308
10309 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10310 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10311 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10312 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10313 visible region.
10314
10315 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10316 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10317 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10318 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10319 {
10320 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10321 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10322 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10323 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10324 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10325
10326 if (end < start)
10327 end = start;
10328 if (whole < (end - start))
10329 whole = end - start;
10330 }
10331 else
10332 start = end = whole = 0;
10333
10334 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10335 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10336
10337 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10338 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10339 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10340 }
10341
10342 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10343 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10344 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10345 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10346
10347 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10348 }
10349
10350
10351 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10352 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10353 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10354 glyph matrices necessary. */
10355
10356 int
10357 try_window (window, pos)
10358 Lisp_Object window;
10359 struct text_pos pos;
10360 {
10361 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10362 struct it it;
10363 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10364
10365 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10366 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10367
10368 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10369 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10370 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10371
10372 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10373 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10374
10375 /* Display all lines of W. */
10376 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10377 {
10378 if (display_line (&it))
10379 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10380 if (fonts_changed_p)
10381 return 0;
10382 }
10383
10384 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10385 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10386 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10387 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10388
10389 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10390 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10391 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10392 if (last_text_row)
10393 {
10394 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10395 w->window_end_bytepos
10396 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10397 w->window_end_pos
10398 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10399 w->window_end_vpos
10400 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10401 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10402 ->displays_text_p);
10403 }
10404 else
10405 {
10406 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10407 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
10408 }
10409
10410 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10411 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10412 return 1;
10413 }
10414
10415
10416 \f
10417 /************************************************************************
10418 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10419 ************************************************************************/
10420
10421 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10422 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10423 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10424 W->start is the new window start. */
10425
10426 static int
10427 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10428 struct window *w;
10429 {
10430 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10431 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10432 struct it it;
10433 struct run run;
10434 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10435 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10436 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10437 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10438 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10439 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10440
10441 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10442 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10443 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10444 or such. */
10445 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10446 return 0;
10447
10448 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10449 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10450 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10451 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10452 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10453 return 0;
10454
10455 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10456 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10457 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10458 return 0;
10459
10460 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10461 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10462 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10463 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10464 return 0;
10465
10466 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10467 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10468 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10469 start = start_row->start.pos;
10470 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10471
10472 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10473 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10474
10475 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10476 {
10477 int first_row_y;
10478
10479 /* Don't use this method if the display starts with an ellipsis
10480 displayed for invisible text. It's not easy to handle that case
10481 below, and it's certainly not worth the effort since this is
10482 not a frequent case. */
10483 if (in_ellipses_for_invisible_text_p (&start_row->start, w))
10484 return 0;
10485
10486 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10487
10488 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10489 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10490 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10491 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10492 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10493 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10494 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10495 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10496
10497 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10498 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10499 && !fonts_changed_p)
10500 if (display_line (&it))
10501 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10502
10503 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10504 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10505 have at least one reusable row. */
10506 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10507 {
10508 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10509 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10510
10511 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10512 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10513 {
10514 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10515
10516 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10517 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10518 {
10519 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10520 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10521 {
10522 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10523 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10524 break;
10525 }
10526
10527 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10528 break;
10529
10530 ++row;
10531 }
10532
10533 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10534 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10535 itself. */
10536 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10537 {
10538 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10539 return 0;
10540 }
10541 }
10542
10543 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10544 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10545 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10546 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10547 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10548 in. */
10549 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10550 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10551 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10552
10553 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10554 {
10555 update_begin (f);
10556 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10557 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10558 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10559 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10560 update_end (f);
10561 }
10562
10563 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10564 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10565 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10566 start_vpos,
10567 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10568 nrows_scrolled);
10569
10570 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10571 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10572 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10573
10574 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10575 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10576 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10577 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10578 row < bottom_row;
10579 ++row)
10580 {
10581 row->y = it.current_y;
10582
10583 if (row->y < min_y)
10584 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10585 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10586 row->visible_height
10587 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10588 else
10589 row->visible_height = row->height;
10590
10591 it.current_y += row->height;
10592
10593 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10594 last_reused_text_row = row;
10595 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10596 break;
10597 }
10598
10599 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10600 below the window. */
10601 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10602 row->enabled_p = 0;
10603 }
10604
10605 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10606 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10607 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10608 containing text. */
10609 if (last_reused_text_row)
10610 {
10611 w->window_end_bytepos
10612 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10613 w->window_end_pos
10614 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10615 w->window_end_vpos
10616 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10617 w->current_matrix));
10618 }
10619 else if (last_text_row)
10620 {
10621 w->window_end_bytepos
10622 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10623 w->window_end_pos
10624 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10625 w->window_end_vpos
10626 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10627 }
10628 else
10629 {
10630 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10631 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10632 w->window_end_pos = w->window_end_vpos = make_number (0);
10633 }
10634 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10635
10636 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10637 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10638
10639 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10640 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10641 #endif
10642 return 1;
10643 }
10644 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10645 {
10646 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10647 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10648 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10649 int dy;
10650 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10651
10652 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10653 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10654 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10655 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10656 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10657 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10658 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10659 ++first_reusable_row;
10660
10661 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10662 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10663 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10664 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10665 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10666 return 0;
10667
10668 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10669 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10670 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10671 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10672 pt_row = NULL;
10673 for (first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10674 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb;
10675 ++first_row_to_display)
10676 {
10677 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10678 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10679 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10680 }
10681
10682 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10683 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10684 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10685
10686 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10687 - start_vpos);
10688 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10689 - nrows_scrolled);
10690 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10691 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10692
10693 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10694 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10695 that displays text. */
10696 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10697 if (pt_row == NULL)
10698 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10699 last_text_row = NULL;
10700 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10701 if (display_line (&it))
10702 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10703
10704 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10705 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10706 {
10707 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10708 return 0;
10709 }
10710
10711 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10712 position. */
10713 if (pt_row)
10714 {
10715 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10716 w->current_matrix);
10717 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10718 }
10719
10720 /* Scroll the display. */
10721 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10722 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10723 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10724 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10725
10726 if (run.height)
10727 {
10728 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10729 update_begin (f);
10730 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10731 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10732 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10733 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10734 update_end (f);
10735 }
10736
10737 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10738 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10739 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10740 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10741 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10742 {
10743 row->y -= dy;
10744 if (row->y < min_y)
10745 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10746 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10747 row->visible_height
10748 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10749 else
10750 row->visible_height = row->height;
10751 }
10752
10753 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10754 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10755 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10756 start_vpos,
10757 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10758 -nrows_scrolled);
10759
10760 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10761 for (row -= nrows_scrolled; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10762 row->enabled_p = 0;
10763
10764 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10765 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10766 only its vpos can have changed. */
10767 if (last_text_row)
10768 {
10769 w->window_end_bytepos
10770 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10771 w->window_end_pos
10772 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10773 w->window_end_vpos
10774 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10775 }
10776 else
10777 {
10778 w->window_end_vpos
10779 = make_number (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10780 }
10781
10782 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10783 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10784
10785 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10786 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10787 #endif
10788 return 1;
10789 }
10790
10791 return 0;
10792 }
10793
10794
10795 \f
10796 /************************************************************************
10797 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10798 ************************************************************************/
10799
10800 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10801 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10802 int *, int *));
10803 static struct glyph_row *
10804 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10805 struct glyph_row *));
10806
10807
10808 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10809 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10810 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10811 a pointer to the row found. */
10812
10813 static struct glyph_row *
10814 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10815 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10816 struct it *it;
10817 struct glyph_row *start;
10818 {
10819 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10820
10821 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10822 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10823 visible lines. */
10824 row_found = NULL;
10825 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10826 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10827 {
10828 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10829 row_found = row;
10830 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10831 break;
10832 ++row;
10833 }
10834
10835 return row_found;
10836 }
10837
10838
10839 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10840 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10841 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10842
10843 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10844 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10845 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10846 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10847 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10848 was built. */
10849
10850 static struct glyph_row *
10851 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10852 struct window *w;
10853 {
10854 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10855 struct glyph_row *row;
10856 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10857 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10858
10859 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10860 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10861 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10862 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10863 {
10864 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10865 except in some case. */
10866 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10867 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10868 unchanged. */
10869 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10870 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10871 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10872 continued. */
10873 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10874 && row->continued_p))
10875 row_found = row;
10876
10877 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10878 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10879 break;
10880
10881 ++row;
10882 }
10883
10884 return row_found;
10885 }
10886
10887
10888 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10889 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10890 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10891 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10892 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10893 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10894 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10895
10896 static struct glyph_row *
10897 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10898 struct window *w;
10899 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10900 {
10901 struct glyph_row *row;
10902 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10903
10904 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10905
10906 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10907 is not up to date. */
10908 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10909 abort ();
10910
10911 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10912 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10913 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10914 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10915 return NULL;
10916
10917 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10918 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10919
10920 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10921 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10922 {
10923 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10924 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10925 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10926 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10927 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10928 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10929 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10930 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10931 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10932 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10933
10934 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10935 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10936
10937 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10938 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10939 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10940 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10941 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10942 position. */
10943 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10944 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10945
10946 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10947 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10948 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10949 {
10950 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10951 abort ();
10952
10953 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10954 row_found = row;
10955 }
10956 }
10957
10958 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10959 abort ();
10960
10961 return row_found;
10962 }
10963
10964
10965 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10966 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10967 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10968 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10969 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10970
10971 static void
10972 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10973 struct window *w;
10974 {
10975 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10976 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10977
10978 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10979 must have a frame matrix. */
10980 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10981 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10982 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10983
10984 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10985 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10986 corresponding frame matrix. */
10987 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10988 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10989 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10990 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10991 {
10992 int area;
10993
10994 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10995 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10996
10997 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10998 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10999 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
11000 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
11001
11002 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
11003 }
11004 }
11005
11006
11007 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
11008 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
11009 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
11010 containing CHARPOS or null. */
11011
11012 static struct glyph_row *
11013 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
11014 struct window *w;
11015 int charpos;
11016 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
11017 {
11018 struct glyph_row *row = start;
11019 int last_y;
11020
11021 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
11022 if (row->mode_line_p)
11023 ++row;
11024
11025 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
11026 return NULL;
11027
11028 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
11029
11030 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
11031 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
11032 /* The end position of a row equals the start
11033 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
11034 would rather display it in the next line, except
11035 when this line ends in ZV. */
11036 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
11037 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11038 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
11039 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
11040 ++row;
11041
11042 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
11043 if ((end && row >= end)
11044 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11045 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11046 row = NULL;
11047
11048 return row;
11049 }
11050
11051
11052 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
11053 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
11054 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
11055
11056 Value is
11057
11058 1 if display has been updated
11059 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
11060 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
11061
11062 The following steps are performed:
11063
11064 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
11065 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
11066 is found, give up.
11067
11068 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
11069 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
11070
11071 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
11072 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
11073 the window.
11074
11075 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
11076
11077 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
11078 display and current matrix as needed.
11079
11080 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
11081 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
11082 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
11083 in smaller font sizes.
11084
11085 7. Update W's window end information. */
11086
11087 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
11088
11089 static int
11090 try_window_id (w)
11091 struct window *w;
11092 {
11093 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
11094 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
11095 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
11096 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11097 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11098 struct glyph_row *row;
11099 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
11100 int bottom_vpos;
11101 struct it it;
11102 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
11103 struct text_pos start_pos;
11104 struct run run;
11105 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
11106 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
11107 struct text_pos start;
11108
11109 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
11110
11111 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
11112 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
11113 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
11114 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
11115 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
11116
11117 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
11118 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
11119 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
11120 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
11121 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
11122 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
11123 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
11124 {
11125 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
11126 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
11127 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
11128 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
11129 }
11130
11131 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
11132 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
11133 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
11134 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
11135 be adjusted, of course. */
11136 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11137 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
11138 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
11139 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
11140 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11141 {
11142 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
11143 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
11144
11145 if (delta)
11146 {
11147 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11148 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
11149
11150 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
11151 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
11152 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
11153 delta, delta_bytes);
11154 }
11155
11156 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
11157 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
11158 changed. */
11159 w->window_end_pos
11160 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11161 w->window_end_bytepos
11162 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11163 #endif
11164
11165 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
11166 if (row == NULL)
11167 return 0;
11168
11169 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11170 return 1;
11171 }
11172
11173 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
11174 window, and if PT is in the window. */
11175 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
11176 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11177 {
11178 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
11179 size has changed. */
11180 w->window_end_pos
11181 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11182 w->window_end_bytepos
11183 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11184
11185 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11186 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
11187 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11188 return 2;
11189 }
11190
11191 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
11192 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
11193 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
11194 comparable. */
11195 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
11196 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
11197 return 0;
11198
11199 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
11200 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
11201 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
11202 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
11203 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
11204 first line of window. */
11205 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
11206 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11207 {
11208 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
11209 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
11210 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
11211 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
11212 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11213 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
11214 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11215
11216 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
11217 return 0;
11218
11219 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11220 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11221
11222 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
11223 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
11224 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11225 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
11226 current_matrix);
11227 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11228 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11229
11230 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
11231 }
11232 else
11233 {
11234 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
11235 Start displaying in the first line. */
11236 start_display (&it, w, start);
11237 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11238 }
11239
11240 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
11241 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
11242 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
11243 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
11244 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
11245 changes. */
11246 first_unchanged_at_end_row
11247 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
11248 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
11249 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
11250
11251 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
11252 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
11253 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
11254 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
11255 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
11256 stop_pos = 0;
11257 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11258 {
11259 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
11260 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11261
11262 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
11263 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
11264 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
11265 not displaying text. */
11266 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11267 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11268 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11269 < it.last_visible_y))
11270 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11271
11272 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11273 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11274 >= it.last_visible_y))
11275 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11276 else
11277 {
11278 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11279 + delta);
11280 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11281 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11282 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11283 }
11284 }
11285 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11286 return 0;
11287
11288
11289 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11290
11291 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11292 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11293 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11294 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11295 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11296
11297 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11298 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11299 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11300 : -1);
11301 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11302
11303 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11304
11305
11306 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11307 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11308 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11309 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11310 last_text_row = NULL;
11311 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11312 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11313 && !fonts_changed_p
11314 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11315 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11316 {
11317 if (display_line (&it))
11318 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11319 }
11320
11321 if (fonts_changed_p)
11322 return -1;
11323
11324
11325 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11326 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11327 scroll. */
11328 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11329 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11330 bottom of the window. */
11331 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11332 {
11333 dvpos = (it.vpos
11334 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11335 current_matrix));
11336 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11337 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11338 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11339 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11340 }
11341 else
11342 {
11343 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11344 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11345 }
11346 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11347
11348
11349 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11350 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11351 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11352 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11353 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11354 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11355 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11356 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11357 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11358 {
11359 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11360 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11361 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11362 {
11363 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11364 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11365 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11366 if (row)
11367 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11368 }
11369
11370 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11371 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11372 {
11373 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11374 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11375 if (row)
11376 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11377 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11378 }
11379
11380 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11381 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11382 {
11383 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11384 return -1;
11385 }
11386 }
11387
11388 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11389 {
11390 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11391
11392 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11393 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11394 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11395 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11396 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11397
11398 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11399 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11400 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11401 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11402 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11403 {
11404 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11405 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11406 return -1;
11407 }
11408 }
11409
11410 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11411 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11412 found. */
11413 if (dy && run.height)
11414 {
11415 update_begin (f);
11416
11417 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11418 {
11419 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11420 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11421 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11422 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11423 }
11424 else
11425 {
11426 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11427 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11428 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11429 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11430 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11431 int end = (XFASTINT (w->top)
11432 + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0)
11433 + window_internal_height (w));
11434
11435 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11436 if (dvpos > 0)
11437 {
11438 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11439 window down dvpos lines. */
11440 set_terminal_window (end);
11441
11442 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11443 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11444 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11445 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11446
11447 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11448 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11449 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11450 }
11451 else if (dvpos < 0)
11452 {
11453 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11454 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11455 set_terminal_window (end);
11456
11457 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11458 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11459 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11460 line sequences. */
11461 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11462
11463 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11464 end. */
11465 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11466 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11467 }
11468
11469 set_terminal_window (0);
11470 }
11471
11472 update_end (f);
11473 }
11474
11475 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11476 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11477 text. */
11478 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11479 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11480 if (dvpos < 0)
11481 {
11482 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11483 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11484 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11485 bottom_vpos, 0);
11486 }
11487 else if (dvpos > 0)
11488 {
11489 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11490 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11491 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11492 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11493 }
11494
11495 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11496 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11497 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11498 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11499
11500 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11501 if (delta)
11502 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11503 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11504 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11505
11506 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11507 if (dy)
11508 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11509 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11510 bottom_vpos, dy);
11511
11512 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11513 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11514
11515 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11516 the window. */
11517 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11518 if (dy < 0)
11519 {
11520 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11521 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11522 the matrix by dvpos. */
11523 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11524 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11525
11526 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11527 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11528
11529 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11530 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11531 line following it. */
11532 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11533 {
11534 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11535 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11536 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11537 }
11538 else
11539 {
11540 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11541 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11542 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11543 ++last_row;
11544 }
11545
11546 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11547 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11548 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11549 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11550
11551 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11552 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11553 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11554 && !fonts_changed_p)
11555 {
11556 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11557 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11558 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11559 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11560 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11561 if (display_line (&it))
11562 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11563 }
11564 }
11565
11566 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11567 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11568 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11569 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11570 {
11571 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11572 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11573 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11574 scrolling. */
11575 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11576 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11577 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11578 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11579
11580 w->window_end_pos = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11581 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11582 w->window_end_vpos
11583 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11584 }
11585 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11586 {
11587 w->window_end_pos
11588 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11589 w->window_end_bytepos
11590 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11591 w->window_end_vpos
11592 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11593 }
11594 else if (last_text_row)
11595 {
11596 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11597 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11598 in the desired matrix. */
11599 w->window_end_pos
11600 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11601 w->window_end_bytepos
11602 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11603 w->window_end_vpos
11604 = make_number (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11605 }
11606 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11607 && last_text_row == NULL
11608 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11609 {
11610 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11611 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11612 int vpos;
11613 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11614
11615 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11616 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11617 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11618 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11619 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11620 break;
11621
11622 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11623 }
11624 else
11625 abort ();
11626
11627 #if 0 /* This leads to problems, for instance when the cursor is
11628 at ZV, and the cursor line displays no text. */
11629 /* Disable rows below what's displayed in the window. This makes
11630 debugging easier. */
11631 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix,
11632 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + 1,
11633 bottom_vpos, 0);
11634 #endif
11635
11636 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11637 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11638
11639 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11640 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11641 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11642 return 3;
11643 }
11644
11645
11646 \f
11647 /***********************************************************************
11648 More debugging support
11649 ***********************************************************************/
11650
11651 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11652
11653 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11654 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11655 void dump_glyph P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph *, int));
11656
11657
11658 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11659
11660 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11661 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11662 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11663
11664 void
11665 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11666 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11667 int glyphs;
11668 {
11669 int i;
11670 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11671 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11672 }
11673
11674
11675 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
11676 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
11677
11678 void
11679 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area)
11680 struct glyph_row *row;
11681 struct glyph *glyph;
11682 int area;
11683 {
11684 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11685 {
11686 fprintf (stderr,
11687 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11688 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11689 'C',
11690 glyph->charpos,
11691 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11692 ? 'B'
11693 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11694 ? 'S'
11695 : '-')),
11696 glyph->pixel_width,
11697 glyph->u.ch,
11698 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11699 ? glyph->u.ch
11700 : '.'),
11701 glyph->face_id,
11702 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11703 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11704 }
11705 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11706 {
11707 fprintf (stderr,
11708 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11709 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11710 'S',
11711 glyph->charpos,
11712 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11713 ? 'B'
11714 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11715 ? 'S'
11716 : '-')),
11717 glyph->pixel_width,
11718 0,
11719 '.',
11720 glyph->face_id,
11721 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11722 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11723 }
11724 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11725 {
11726 fprintf (stderr,
11727 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11728 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11729 'I',
11730 glyph->charpos,
11731 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11732 ? 'B'
11733 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11734 ? 'S'
11735 : '-')),
11736 glyph->pixel_width,
11737 glyph->u.img_id,
11738 '.',
11739 glyph->face_id,
11740 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11741 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11742 }
11743 }
11744
11745
11746 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11747 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11748 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11749 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11750
11751 void
11752 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11753 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11754 int vpos, glyphs;
11755 {
11756 struct glyph_row *row;
11757
11758 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11759 return;
11760
11761 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11762
11763 if (glyphs != 1)
11764 {
11765 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
11766 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11767
11768 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11769 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11770 row - matrix->rows,
11771 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11772 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11773 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11774 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11775 row->enabled_p,
11776 row->inverse_p,
11777 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11778 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11779 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11780 row->continued_p,
11781 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11782 row->displays_text_p,
11783 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11784 row->fill_line_p,
11785 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11786 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11787 row->mouse_face_p,
11788 row->x,
11789 row->y,
11790 row->pixel_width,
11791 row->height,
11792 row->visible_height,
11793 row->ascent,
11794 row->phys_ascent);
11795 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11796 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11797 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11798 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11799 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11800 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11801 row->end.dpvec_index);
11802 }
11803
11804 if (glyphs > 1)
11805 {
11806 int area;
11807
11808 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11809 {
11810 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area];
11811 struct glyph *glyph_end = glyph + row->used[area];
11812
11813 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11814 if (area == TEXT_AREA && glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11815 ++glyph_end;
11816
11817 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11818 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11819
11820 for (; glyph < glyph_end; ++glyph)
11821 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area);
11822 }
11823 }
11824 else if (glyphs == 1)
11825 {
11826 int area;
11827
11828 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11829 {
11830 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[area] + 1);
11831 int i;
11832
11833 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11834 {
11835 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area] + i;
11836 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11837 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11838 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11839 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11840 else
11841 s[i] = '.';
11842 }
11843
11844 s[i] = '\0';
11845 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11846 }
11847 }
11848 }
11849
11850
11851 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11852 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11853 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11854 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11855 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11856 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11857 (glyphs)
11858 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11859 {
11860 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11861 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11862
11863 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11864 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11865 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11866 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11867 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11868 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11869 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11870 return Qnil;
11871 }
11872
11873
11874 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11875 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11876 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11877 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11878 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11879 (row, glyphs)
11880 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11881 {
11882 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11883 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11884 XINT (row),
11885 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11886 return Qnil;
11887 }
11888
11889
11890 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
11891 "Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.\n\
11892 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11893 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11894 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11895 (row, glyphs)
11896 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11897 {
11898 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11899 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
11900 dump_glyph_row (m, XINT (row), INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11901 return Qnil;
11902 }
11903
11904
11905 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11906 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11907 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11908 ()
11909 {
11910 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11911 return Qnil;
11912 }
11913
11914
11915 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11916 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11917 (string)
11918 Lisp_Object string;
11919 {
11920 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11921 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11922 return Qnil;
11923 }
11924
11925 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11926
11927
11928 \f
11929 /***********************************************************************
11930 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11931 ***********************************************************************/
11932
11933 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11934 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11935
11936 static struct glyph_row *
11937 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11938 struct window *w;
11939 {
11940 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11941 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11942 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11943 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11944 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11945 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11946 unsigned char *p;
11947 struct it it;
11948 int multibyte_p;
11949 int n_glyphs_before;
11950
11951 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11952 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11953 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11954 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11955
11956 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11957 p = arrow_string;
11958 while (p < arrow_end)
11959 {
11960 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11961
11962 /* Get the next character. */
11963 if (multibyte_p)
11964 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11965 else
11966 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11967 p += it.len;
11968
11969 /* Get its face. */
11970 ilisp = make_number (p - arrow_string);
11971 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11972 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11973
11974 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11975 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11976 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11977 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11978
11979 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11980 to remove some glyphs. */
11981 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11982 {
11983 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11984 break;
11985 }
11986 }
11987
11988 set_buffer_temp (old);
11989 return it.glyph_row;
11990 }
11991
11992
11993 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11994 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11995 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11996 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11997 produce_special_glyphs. */
11998
11999 static void
12000 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
12001 struct it *it;
12002 {
12003 struct it truncate_it;
12004 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
12005
12006 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
12007
12008 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
12009 truncate_it = *it;
12010 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
12011 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12012 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
12013 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
12014 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
12015 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
12016 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12017
12018 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
12019 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12020 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12021 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12022 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12023
12024 while (from < end)
12025 *to++ = *from++;
12026
12027 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
12028 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
12029 {
12030 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12031 while (from < end)
12032 *to++ = *from++;
12033 }
12034
12035 if (to > toend)
12036 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12037 }
12038
12039
12040 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
12041
12042 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
12043 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
12044 structure. This is not the case if
12045
12046 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
12047 and max_height will be zero.
12048
12049 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
12050 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
12051 pixmap extensions).
12052
12053 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
12054 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
12055 must not be zero. */
12056
12057 static void
12058 compute_line_metrics (it)
12059 struct it *it;
12060 {
12061 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12062 int area, i;
12063
12064 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12065 {
12066 int i, header_line_height;
12067
12068 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
12069 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
12070 computed yet. */
12071 if (row->height == 0)
12072 {
12073 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
12074 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
12075 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12076 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12077 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12078 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12079 }
12080
12081 /* Compute the width of this line. */
12082 row->pixel_width = row->x;
12083 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
12084 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
12085
12086 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
12087 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
12088
12089 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
12090 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
12091
12092 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
12093 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
12094 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
12095 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
12096 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
12097 {
12098 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
12099 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
12100 }
12101
12102 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
12103 row->visible_height = row->height;
12104
12105 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
12106 if (row->y < header_line_height)
12107 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
12108 else
12109 {
12110 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
12111 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
12112 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
12113 }
12114 }
12115 else
12116 {
12117 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12118 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
12119 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
12120 }
12121
12122 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
12123 row->hash = 0;
12124 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
12125 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
12126 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
12127 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
12128 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
12129 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
12130 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
12131
12132 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
12133 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
12134 }
12135
12136
12137 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
12138 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
12139 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
12140 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
12141
12142 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
12143 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
12144 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
12145 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
12146
12147 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
12148 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
12149
12150 static int
12151 append_space (it, default_face_p)
12152 struct it *it;
12153 int default_face_p;
12154 {
12155 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12156 {
12157 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12158
12159 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
12160 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12161 {
12162 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
12163 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
12164 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
12165 append_space has been called. */
12166 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12167 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
12168 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12169 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12170 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12171 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12172 struct face *face;
12173
12174 saved_object = it->object;
12175 saved_pos = it->position;
12176
12177 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12178 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12179 it->object = make_number (0);
12180 it->c = ' ';
12181 it->len = 1;
12182
12183 if (default_face_p)
12184 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12185 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12186 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
12187 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12188 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
12189
12190 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12191
12192 it->current_x = saved_x;
12193 it->object = saved_object;
12194 it->position = saved_pos;
12195 it->what = saved_what;
12196 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12197 it->len = saved_len;
12198 it->c = saved_c;
12199 return 1;
12200 }
12201 }
12202
12203 return 0;
12204 }
12205
12206
12207 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
12208 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
12209 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
12210 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
12211
12212 static void
12213 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
12214 struct it *it;
12215 {
12216 struct face *face;
12217 struct frame *f = it->f;
12218
12219 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
12220 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12221 return;
12222
12223 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
12224 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
12225 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
12226 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12227 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
12228 else
12229 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
12230
12231 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
12232 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
12233 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
12234 && !face->stipple)
12235 return;
12236
12237 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
12238 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
12239 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
12240
12241 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
12242 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
12243 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
12244 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
12245 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
12246 {
12247 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
12248 }
12249
12250 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12251 {
12252 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
12253 so that we know which face to draw. */
12254 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12255 {
12256 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
12257 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
12258 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
12259 }
12260 }
12261 else
12262 {
12263 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
12264 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12265 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12266 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12267 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12268 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12269
12270 saved_object = it->object;
12271 saved_pos = it->position;
12272
12273 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12274 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12275 it->object = make_number (0);
12276 it->c = ' ';
12277 it->len = 1;
12278 it->face_id = face->id;
12279
12280 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12281
12282 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
12283 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12284
12285 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
12286 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
12287 it->current_x = saved_x;
12288 it->object = saved_object;
12289 it->position = saved_pos;
12290 it->what = saved_what;
12291 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12292 }
12293 }
12294
12295
12296 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12297 trailing whitespace. */
12298
12299 static int
12300 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12301 int charpos;
12302 {
12303 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12304 int c = 0;
12305
12306 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12307 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12308 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12309 ++bytepos;
12310
12311 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12312 {
12313 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12314 return 1;
12315 }
12316 return 0;
12317 }
12318
12319
12320 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12321
12322 void
12323 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12324 struct frame *f;
12325 struct glyph_row *row;
12326 {
12327 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12328
12329 if (used)
12330 {
12331 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12332 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12333
12334 /* Skip over glyphs inserted to display the cursor at the
12335 end of a line, for extending the face of the last glyph
12336 to the end of the line on terminals, and for truncation
12337 and continuation glyphs. */
12338 while (glyph >= start
12339 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12340 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12341 --glyph;
12342
12343 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12344 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12345 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12346 if (glyph >= start
12347 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12348 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12349 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12350 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12351 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12352 {
12353 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12354
12355 while (glyph >= start
12356 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12357 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12358 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12359 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12360 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12361 }
12362 }
12363 }
12364
12365
12366 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12367 used to hold the cursor. */
12368
12369 static int
12370 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12371 struct window *w;
12372 struct glyph_row *row;
12373 {
12374 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12375
12376 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12377 {
12378 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12379 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12380 newline). */
12381 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12382 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12383 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12384
12385 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12386 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12387 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12388 cursor_row_p = 1;
12389 else
12390 cursor_row_p = 0;
12391 }
12392
12393 return cursor_row_p;
12394 }
12395
12396
12397 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12398 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12399 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12400 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12401 only. */
12402
12403 static int
12404 display_line (it)
12405 struct it *it;
12406 {
12407 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12408
12409 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12410 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12411
12412 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12413 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12414 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12415
12416 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12417 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12418
12419 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12420 prepare_desired_row (row);
12421
12422 row->y = it->current_y;
12423 row->start = it->current;
12424 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12425 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12426 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12427 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12428
12429 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12430 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12431 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12432 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12433 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12434 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12435
12436 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12437 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12438 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12439 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12440 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12441 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12442
12443 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12444 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12445 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12446 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12447 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12448 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12449
12450 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12451 character to display. */
12452 while (1)
12453 {
12454 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12455 int x, i, nglyphs;
12456 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12457
12458 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12459 buffer reached. */
12460 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12461 {
12462 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12463 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12464 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12465 to -1. */
12466 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12467 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12468 {
12469 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12470 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12471
12472 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12473 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12474 }
12475
12476 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12477 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12478 break;
12479 }
12480
12481 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12482 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12483 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12484 x = it->current_x;
12485
12486 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12487 fit on the line. */
12488 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12489 {
12490 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12491 descent = it->max_descent;
12492 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12493 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12494 }
12495
12496 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12497
12498 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12499 the next one. */
12500 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12501 {
12502 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12503 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12504 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12505 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12506 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12507 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12508 continue;
12509 }
12510
12511 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12512 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12513 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12514 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12515 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12516 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12517 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12518 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12519 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12520 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12521 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12522 x_before = x;
12523
12524 if (/* Not a newline. */
12525 nglyphs > 0
12526 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
12527 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12528 {
12529 it->hpos += nglyphs;
12530 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12531 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12532 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12533 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12534 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12535 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12536 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12537 }
12538 else
12539 {
12540 int new_x;
12541 struct glyph *glyph;
12542
12543 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12544 {
12545 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12546 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12547
12548 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12549 !it->truncate_lines_p
12550 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12551 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12552 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12553 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12554 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12555 {
12556 /* End of a continued line. */
12557
12558 if (it->hpos == 0
12559 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12560 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12561 {
12562 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12563 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12564 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12565 after the glyph. */
12566 row->continued_p = 1;
12567 it->current_x = new_x;
12568 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12569 ++it->hpos;
12570 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12571 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12572 }
12573 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12574 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12575 {
12576 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12577 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12578 on the line. */
12579 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12580
12581 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12582 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12583 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12584 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12585 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12586
12587 row->continued_p = 1;
12588 it->current_x = x_before;
12589 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12590
12591 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12592 element not fitting on the line. */
12593 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12594 it->max_descent = descent;
12595 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12596 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12597 }
12598 else
12599 {
12600 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12601 the window. Restore positions to values
12602 before the element. The next line starts
12603 with current_x before the glyph that could
12604 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12605 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12606
12607 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12608 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12609 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12610 row->continued_p = 1;
12611
12612 it->current_x = x;
12613 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12614 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12615 {
12616 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12617 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12618 }
12619
12620 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12621 element not fitting on the line. */
12622 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12623 it->max_descent = descent;
12624 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12625 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12626 }
12627
12628 break;
12629 }
12630 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12631 {
12632 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12633 ++it->hpos;
12634
12635 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12636 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12637 negative X position. */
12638 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12639 }
12640 else
12641 {
12642 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12643 window. This should not happen because of the
12644 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12645 this function. */
12646 abort ();
12647 }
12648 }
12649
12650 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12651 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12652 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12653 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12654 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12655
12656 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12657 if (row->continued_p)
12658 break;
12659 }
12660
12661 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12662 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12663 margin of the window. */
12664 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12665 {
12666 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12667
12668 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12669 display the cursor there. */
12670 append_space (it, 0);
12671
12672 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12673 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12674
12675 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12676 if (used_before == 0)
12677 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12678
12679 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12680 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12681 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12682 break;
12683 }
12684
12685 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12686 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12687 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12688
12689 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12690 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12691 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12692 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12693 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12694 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12695 {
12696 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12697 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12698 {
12699 int i, n;
12700
12701 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12702 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12703 break;
12704
12705 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12706 {
12707 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12708 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12709 }
12710 }
12711
12712 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12713 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12714 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12715 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12716 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12717 it->current_x = x_before;
12718 break;
12719 }
12720 }
12721
12722 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12723 at the left window margin. */
12724 if (it->first_visible_x
12725 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12726 {
12727 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12728 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12729 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12730 }
12731
12732 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12733 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12734 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12735 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12736 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12737 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12738 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12739 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12740 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12741 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12742 {
12743 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12744 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12745 {
12746 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12747 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12748 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12749 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12750 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12751
12752 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12753 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12754 *p++ = *glyph++;
12755
12756 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12757 p2 = p;
12758 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12759 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12760 ++p2;
12761 if (p2 > p)
12762 {
12763 while (p2 < end)
12764 *p++ = *p2++;
12765 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12766 }
12767 }
12768
12769 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12770 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12771 }
12772
12773 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12774 compute_line_metrics (it);
12775
12776 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12777 row->end = it->current;
12778
12779 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12780 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12781 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12782 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12783 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12784 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12785
12786 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12787 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12788 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12789
12790 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12791 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12792 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12793 row to be used. */
12794 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12795 it->current_y += row->height;
12796 ++it->vpos;
12797 ++it->glyph_row;
12798 return row->displays_text_p;
12799 }
12800
12801
12802 \f
12803 /***********************************************************************
12804 Menu Bar
12805 ***********************************************************************/
12806
12807 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12808
12809 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12810 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12811
12812 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12813 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12814 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12815 for the menu bar. */
12816
12817 static void
12818 display_menu_bar (w)
12819 struct window *w;
12820 {
12821 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12822 struct it it;
12823 Lisp_Object items;
12824 int i;
12825
12826 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12827 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12828 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12829 return;
12830 #endif
12831 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12832 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12833 return;
12834 #endif
12835 #ifdef macintosh
12836 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12837 return;
12838 #endif
12839
12840 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12841 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12842 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12843 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12844 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12845 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12846 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12847 {
12848 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12849 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12850 struct window *menu_w;
12851 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12852 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12853 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12854 MENU_FACE_ID);
12855 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12856 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12857 }
12858 else
12859 {
12860 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12861 pixel x/y. */
12862 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12863 MENU_FACE_ID);
12864 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12865 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12866 }
12867 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12868
12869 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12870 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12871 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12872
12873 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12874 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12875 {
12876 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12877 clear_glyph_row (row);
12878 row->enabled_p = 1;
12879 row->full_width_p = 1;
12880 }
12881
12882 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12883 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12884 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12885 {
12886 Lisp_Object string;
12887
12888 /* Stop at nil string. */
12889 string = AREF (items, i + 1);
12890 if (NILP (string))
12891 break;
12892
12893 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12894 AREF (items, i + 3) = make_number (it.hpos);
12895
12896 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12897 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12898 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12899 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12900 }
12901
12902 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12903 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12904 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12905
12906 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12907 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12908 }
12909
12910
12911 \f
12912 /***********************************************************************
12913 Mode Line
12914 ***********************************************************************/
12915
12916 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12917 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12918 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12919 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12920
12921 static int
12922 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12923 Lisp_Object window;
12924 int force;
12925 {
12926 int nwindows = 0;
12927
12928 while (!NILP (window))
12929 {
12930 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12931
12932 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12933 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12934 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12935 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12936 else if (force
12937 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12938 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12939 {
12940 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12941 struct text_pos lpoint;
12942 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12943
12944 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12945 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12946 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12947
12948 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12949 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12950 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12951 {
12952 struct text_pos pt;
12953
12954 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12955 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12956 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12957 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12958 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12959 else
12960 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12961 }
12962
12963 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12964 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12965 selected_frame = w->frame;
12966
12967 /* Display mode lines. */
12968 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12969 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12970 {
12971 ++nwindows;
12972 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12973 }
12974
12975 /* Restore old settings. */
12976 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12977 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12978 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12979 }
12980
12981 window = w->next;
12982 }
12983
12984 return nwindows;
12985 }
12986
12987
12988 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12989 of mode lines displayed. */
12990
12991 static int
12992 display_mode_lines (w)
12993 struct window *w;
12994 {
12995 int n = 0;
12996
12997 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12998 line_number_displayed = 0;
12999 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
13000
13001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
13002 {
13003 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
13004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
13005 ++n;
13006 }
13007
13008 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
13009 {
13010 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
13011 current_buffer->header_line_format);
13012 ++n;
13013 }
13014
13015 return n;
13016 }
13017
13018
13019 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
13020 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
13021 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
13022 height of the mode line displayed. */
13023
13024 static int
13025 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
13026 struct window *w;
13027 enum face_id face_id;
13028 Lisp_Object format;
13029 {
13030 struct it it;
13031 struct face *face;
13032
13033 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
13034 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
13035
13036 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
13037 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
13038 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
13039
13040 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
13041 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
13042 values. */
13043 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
13044 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
13045 pop_frame_kboard ();
13046
13047 /* Fill up with spaces. */
13048 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
13049
13050 compute_line_metrics (&it);
13051 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
13052 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
13053 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
13054 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
13055 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
13056 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
13057
13058 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
13059 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
13060 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
13061 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
13062 {
13063 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13064 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
13065 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
13066 }
13067
13068 return it.glyph_row->height;
13069 }
13070
13071
13072 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
13073 translates into text depends on its data type.
13074
13075 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
13076
13077 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
13078 infinite recursion here.
13079
13080 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
13081 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
13082 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
13083 display_string for details. *
13084
13085 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
13086
13087 static int
13088 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
13089 struct it *it;
13090 int depth;
13091 int field_width, precision;
13092 Lisp_Object elt;
13093 {
13094 int n = 0, field, prec;
13095
13096 tail_recurse:
13097 if (depth > 10)
13098 goto invalid;
13099
13100 depth++;
13101
13102 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
13103 {
13104 case Lisp_String:
13105 {
13106 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
13107 unsigned char c;
13108 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
13109 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
13110
13111 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
13112 && *this
13113 && (frame_title_ptr
13114 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
13115 {
13116 unsigned char *last = this;
13117
13118 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
13119 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
13120 ;
13121
13122 if (this - 1 != last)
13123 {
13124 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
13125 is length of string. Don't output more than
13126 PRECISION allows us. */
13127 --this;
13128 prec = strwidth (last, this - last);
13129 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
13130 prec = precision - n;
13131
13132 if (frame_title_ptr)
13133 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
13134 else
13135 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
13136 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
13137 }
13138 else /* c == '%' */
13139 {
13140 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
13141
13142 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
13143 don't pad. */
13144 field = 0;
13145 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
13146 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
13147
13148 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
13149 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
13150 field = field_width - n;
13151
13152 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
13153 prec = precision - n;
13154
13155 if (c == 'M')
13156 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
13157 Vglobal_mode_string);
13158 else if (c != 0)
13159 {
13160 unsigned char *spec
13161 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
13162
13163 if (frame_title_ptr)
13164 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
13165 else
13166 {
13167 int nglyphs_before
13168 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13169 int charpos
13170 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
13171 int nwritten
13172 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
13173 field, prec, 0, -1);
13174
13175 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
13176 string where the `%x' came from, position
13177 of the `%'. */
13178 if (nwritten > 0)
13179 {
13180 struct glyph *glyph
13181 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
13182 + nglyphs_before);
13183 int i;
13184
13185 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
13186 {
13187 glyph[i].object = elt;
13188 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
13189 }
13190
13191 n += nwritten;
13192 }
13193 }
13194 }
13195 }
13196 }
13197 }
13198 break;
13199
13200 case Lisp_Symbol:
13201 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
13202 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
13203 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
13204 literally. */
13205 {
13206 register Lisp_Object tem;
13207 tem = Fboundp (elt);
13208 if (!NILP (tem))
13209 {
13210 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
13211 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
13212 don't check for % within it. */
13213 if (STRINGP (tem))
13214 {
13215 prec = precision - n;
13216 if (frame_title_ptr)
13217 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
13218 else
13219 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
13220 0, prec, 0, -1);
13221 }
13222 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
13223 {
13224 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
13225 elt = tem;
13226 goto tail_recurse;
13227 }
13228 }
13229 }
13230 break;
13231
13232 case Lisp_Cons:
13233 {
13234 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
13235
13236 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
13237 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
13238 and effectively concatenate them.
13239 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
13240 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
13241 to at least that many characters.
13242 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
13243 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
13244 car = XCAR (elt);
13245 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
13246 {
13247 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
13248 and use the result as mode line elements. */
13249 struct gcpro gcpro1;
13250 Lisp_Object spec;
13251
13252 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
13253 GCPRO1 (spec);
13254 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13255 precision - n, spec);
13256 UNGCPRO;
13257 }
13258 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
13259 {
13260 tem = Fboundp (car);
13261 elt = XCDR (elt);
13262 if (!CONSP (elt))
13263 goto invalid;
13264 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
13265 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
13266 if (!NILP (tem))
13267 {
13268 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
13269 if (!NILP (tem))
13270 {
13271 elt = XCAR (elt);
13272 goto tail_recurse;
13273 }
13274 }
13275 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
13276 Get the cddr of the original list
13277 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
13278 elt = XCDR (elt);
13279 if (NILP (elt))
13280 break;
13281 else if (!CONSP (elt))
13282 goto invalid;
13283 elt = XCAR (elt);
13284 goto tail_recurse;
13285 }
13286 else if (INTEGERP (car))
13287 {
13288 register int lim = XINT (car);
13289 elt = XCDR (elt);
13290 if (lim < 0)
13291 {
13292 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
13293 if (precision <= 0)
13294 precision = -lim;
13295 else
13296 precision = min (precision, -lim);
13297 }
13298 else if (lim > 0)
13299 {
13300 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
13301 current maximum. */
13302 if (precision > 0)
13303 lim = min (precision, lim);
13304
13305 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
13306 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
13307 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
13308 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
13309 }
13310 goto tail_recurse;
13311 }
13312 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
13313 {
13314 register int limit = 50;
13315 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
13316 while (CONSP (elt)
13317 && --limit > 0
13318 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
13319 {
13320 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13321 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
13322 elt = XCDR (elt);
13323 }
13324 }
13325 }
13326 break;
13327
13328 default:
13329 invalid:
13330 if (frame_title_ptr)
13331 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
13332 else
13333 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
13334 precision - n, 0, 0);
13335 return n;
13336 }
13337
13338 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
13339 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
13340 {
13341 if (frame_title_ptr)
13342 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
13343 else
13344 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
13345 0, 0, 0);
13346 }
13347
13348 return n;
13349 }
13350
13351
13352 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
13353 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
13354
13355 static void
13356 pint2str (buf, width, d)
13357 register char *buf;
13358 register int width;
13359 register int d;
13360 {
13361 register char *p = buf;
13362
13363 if (d <= 0)
13364 *p++ = '0';
13365 else
13366 {
13367 while (d > 0)
13368 {
13369 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13370 d /= 10;
13371 }
13372 }
13373
13374 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13375 *p++ = ' ';
13376 *p-- = '\0';
13377 while (p > buf)
13378 {
13379 d = *buf;
13380 *buf++ = *p;
13381 *p-- = d;
13382 }
13383 }
13384
13385 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13386 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13387 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13388
13389 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13390
13391 static char *
13392 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13393 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13394 register char *buf;
13395 int eol_flag;
13396 {
13397 Lisp_Object val;
13398 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13399 unsigned char *eol_str;
13400 int eol_str_len;
13401 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13402 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13403
13404 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13405 eoltype = Qnil;
13406
13407 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13408 {
13409 if (multibyte)
13410 *buf++ = '-';
13411 if (eol_flag)
13412 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13413 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13414 }
13415 else
13416 {
13417 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13418
13419 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13420
13421 if (multibyte)
13422 *buf++ = XFASTINT (AREF (val, 1));
13423
13424 if (eol_flag)
13425 {
13426 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13427
13428 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13429 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13430 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13431 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13432 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13433 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13434 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13435 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13436 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13437 }
13438 }
13439
13440 if (eol_flag)
13441 {
13442 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13443 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13444 {
13445 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13446 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13447 }
13448 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13449 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13450 {
13451 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13452 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13453 }
13454 else
13455 {
13456 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13457 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13458 }
13459 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13460 buf += eol_str_len;
13461 }
13462
13463 return buf;
13464 }
13465
13466 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13467 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13468 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13469 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13470
13471 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13472
13473 static char *
13474 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13475 struct window *w;
13476 register int c;
13477 int field_width, precision;
13478 {
13479 Lisp_Object obj;
13480 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13481 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13482 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13483
13484 obj = Qnil;
13485
13486 switch (c)
13487 {
13488 case '*':
13489 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13490 return "%";
13491 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13492 return "*";
13493 return "-";
13494
13495 case '+':
13496 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13497 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13498 return "*";
13499 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13500 return "%";
13501 return "-";
13502
13503 case '&':
13504 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13505 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13506 return "*";
13507 return "-";
13508
13509 case '%':
13510 return "%";
13511
13512 case '[':
13513 {
13514 int i;
13515 char *p;
13516
13517 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13518 return "[[[... ";
13519 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13520 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13521 *p++ = '[';
13522 *p = 0;
13523 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13524 }
13525
13526 case ']':
13527 {
13528 int i;
13529 char *p;
13530
13531 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13532 return " ...]]]";
13533 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13534 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13535 *p++ = ']';
13536 *p = 0;
13537 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13538 }
13539
13540 case '-':
13541 {
13542 register int i;
13543
13544 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13545 if (field_width <= 0
13546 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13547 {
13548 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13549 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13550 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13551 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13552 }
13553 else
13554 return lots_of_dashes;
13555 }
13556
13557 case 'b':
13558 obj = b->name;
13559 break;
13560
13561 case 'c':
13562 {
13563 int col = current_column ();
13564 w->column_number_displayed = make_number (col);
13565 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13566 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13567 }
13568
13569 case 'F':
13570 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13571 if (!NILP (f->title))
13572 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13573 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13574 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13575 return "Emacs";
13576
13577 case 'f':
13578 obj = b->filename;
13579 break;
13580
13581 case 'l':
13582 {
13583 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13584 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13585 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13586 int nlines, junk;
13587 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13588
13589 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13590 don't forget that too fast. */
13591 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13592 goto no_value;
13593 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13594 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13595 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13596
13597 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13598 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13599 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13600 {
13601 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13602 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13603 goto no_value;
13604 }
13605
13606 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13607 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13608 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13609 {
13610 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13611 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13612 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13613 }
13614 else
13615 {
13616 line = 1;
13617 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13618 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13619 }
13620
13621 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13622 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13623 startpos_byte,
13624 startpos, &junk);
13625
13626 topline = nlines + line;
13627
13628 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13629 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13630 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13631 go back past it. */
13632 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13633 {
13634 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline);
13635 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BUF_BEGV (b));
13636 }
13637 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13638 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13639 {
13640 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13641 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13642 int position;
13643 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13644
13645 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13646 {
13647 limit = startpos - distance;
13648 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13649 }
13650
13651 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13652 limit_byte,
13653 - (height * 2 + 30),
13654 &position);
13655 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13656 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13657 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13658 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13659 {
13660 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13661 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13662 goto no_value;
13663 }
13664
13665 w->base_line_number = make_number (topline - nlines);
13666 w->base_line_pos = make_number (BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13667 }
13668
13669 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13670 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13671 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13672
13673 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13674 line_number_displayed = 1;
13675
13676 /* Make the string to show. */
13677 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13678 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13679 no_value:
13680 {
13681 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13682 int pad = field_width - 2;
13683 while (pad-- > 0)
13684 *p++ = ' ';
13685 *p++ = '?';
13686 *p++ = '?';
13687 *p = '\0';
13688 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13689 }
13690 }
13691 break;
13692
13693 case 'm':
13694 obj = b->mode_name;
13695 break;
13696
13697 case 'n':
13698 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13699 return " Narrow";
13700 break;
13701
13702 case 'p':
13703 {
13704 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13705 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13706
13707 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13708 {
13709 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13710 return "All";
13711 else
13712 return "Bottom";
13713 }
13714 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13715 return "Top";
13716 else
13717 {
13718 if (total > 1000000)
13719 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13720 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13721 else
13722 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13723 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13724 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13725 if (total == 100)
13726 total = 99;
13727 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13728 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13729 }
13730 }
13731
13732 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13733 case 'P':
13734 {
13735 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13736 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13737 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13738
13739 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13740 {
13741 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13742 return "All";
13743 else
13744 return "Bottom";
13745 }
13746 else
13747 {
13748 if (total > 1000000)
13749 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13750 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13751 else
13752 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13753 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13754 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13755 if (total == 100)
13756 total = 99;
13757 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13758 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13759 else
13760 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13761 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13762 }
13763 }
13764
13765 case 's':
13766 /* status of process */
13767 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13768 if (NILP (obj))
13769 return "no process";
13770 #ifdef subprocesses
13771 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13772 #endif
13773 break;
13774
13775 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13776 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13777 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13778 #else
13779 return "T";
13780 #endif
13781
13782 case 'z':
13783 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13784 case 'Z':
13785 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13786 {
13787 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13788 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13789
13790 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13791 {
13792 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13793 to do EOL conversion. */
13794 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13795 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13796 }
13797 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13798 p, eol_flag);
13799
13800 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13801 #ifdef subprocesses
13802 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13803 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13804 {
13805 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13806 p, eol_flag);
13807 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13808 p, eol_flag);
13809 }
13810 #endif /* subprocesses */
13811 #endif /* 0 */
13812 *p = 0;
13813 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13814 }
13815 }
13816
13817 if (STRINGP (obj))
13818 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13819 else
13820 return "";
13821 }
13822
13823
13824 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13825 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13826 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13827
13828 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13829
13830 static int
13831 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13832 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13833 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13834 {
13835 register unsigned char *cursor;
13836 unsigned char *base;
13837
13838 register int ceiling;
13839 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13840 int orig_count = count;
13841
13842 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13843 check only for newlines. */
13844 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13845 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13846
13847 if (count > 0)
13848 {
13849 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13850 {
13851 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13852 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13853 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13854 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13855 while (1)
13856 {
13857 if (selective_display)
13858 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13859 ;
13860 else
13861 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13862 ;
13863
13864 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13865 {
13866 if (--count == 0)
13867 {
13868 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13869 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13870 return orig_count;
13871 }
13872 else
13873 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13874 break;
13875 }
13876 else
13877 break;
13878 }
13879 start_byte += cursor - base;
13880 }
13881 }
13882 else
13883 {
13884 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13885 {
13886 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13887 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13888 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13889 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13890 while (1)
13891 {
13892 if (selective_display)
13893 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13894 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13895 ;
13896 else
13897 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13898 ;
13899
13900 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13901 {
13902 if (++count == 0)
13903 {
13904 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13905 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13906 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13907 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13908 return - orig_count - 1;
13909 }
13910 }
13911 else
13912 break;
13913 }
13914 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13915 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13916 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13917 }
13918 }
13919
13920 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13921
13922 if (count < 0)
13923 return - orig_count + count;
13924 return orig_count - count;
13925
13926 }
13927
13928
13929 \f
13930 /***********************************************************************
13931 Displaying strings
13932 ***********************************************************************/
13933
13934 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13935
13936 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13937 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13938
13939 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13940 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13941 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13942
13943 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13944 standard display table, temporarily.
13945
13946 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13947 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13948 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13949 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13950
13951 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13952 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13953
13954 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13955
13956 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13957 ----------------------------------------
13958 -1 -1 %s
13959 -1 10 %.10s
13960 10 -1 %10s
13961 20 10 %20.10s
13962
13963 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13964 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13965 enable_multibyte_characters.
13966
13967 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13968
13969 static int
13970 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13971 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13972 unsigned char *string;
13973 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13974 Lisp_Object face_string;
13975 int face_string_pos;
13976 int start;
13977 struct it *it;
13978 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13979 int multibyte;
13980 {
13981 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13982 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13983 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13984
13985 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13986 with index START. */
13987 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13988 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13989
13990 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13991 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13992 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13993 {
13994 int endptr;
13995 struct face *face;
13996
13997 it->face_id
13998 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13999 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
14000 it->region_end_charpos,
14001 &endptr, it->base_face_id, 0);
14002 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
14003 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
14004 }
14005
14006 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
14007 beyond the right edge of the window. */
14008 if (max_x <= 0)
14009 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
14010 else
14011 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
14012
14013 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
14014 hscrolled. */
14015 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
14016 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
14017 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
14018
14019 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
14020 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
14021 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
14022 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
14023
14024 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
14025 past last_visible_x. */
14026 while (it->current_x < max_x)
14027 {
14028 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
14029
14030 /* Get the next display element. */
14031 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
14032 break;
14033
14034 /* Produce glyphs. */
14035 x_before = it->current_x;
14036 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
14037 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
14038
14039 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
14040 i = 0;
14041 x = x_before;
14042 while (i < nglyphs)
14043 {
14044 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
14045
14046 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
14047 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
14048 {
14049 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
14050 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
14051 {
14052 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
14053 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
14054 it->current_x = x_before;
14055 }
14056 else
14057 {
14058 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
14059 it->current_x = x;
14060 }
14061 break;
14062 }
14063 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
14064 {
14065 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
14066 ++it->hpos;
14067 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
14068 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
14069 }
14070 else
14071 {
14072 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
14073 Should not happen. */
14074 abort ();
14075 }
14076
14077 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
14078 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
14079 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
14080 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
14081 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
14082 x += glyph->pixel_width;
14083 ++i;
14084 }
14085
14086 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
14087 if (i < nglyphs)
14088 break;
14089
14090 /* Stop at line ends. */
14091 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
14092 {
14093 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
14094 break;
14095 }
14096
14097 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
14098
14099 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
14100 if (it->truncate_lines_p
14101 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
14102 {
14103 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
14104 truncated at a padding space. */
14105 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
14106 {
14107 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
14108 {
14109 int i, n;
14110
14111 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
14112 {
14113 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
14114 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
14115 break;
14116 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
14117 {
14118 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
14119 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
14120 }
14121 }
14122 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
14123 }
14124 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
14125 }
14126 break;
14127 }
14128 }
14129
14130 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
14131 if (it->first_visible_x
14132 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
14133 {
14134 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
14135 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
14136 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
14137 }
14138
14139 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
14140
14141 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
14142 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
14143 }
14144
14145
14146 \f
14147 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
14148 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
14149 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
14150 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
14151 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
14152
14153 int
14154 invisible_p (propval, list)
14155 register Lisp_Object propval;
14156 Lisp_Object list;
14157 {
14158 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
14159
14160 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
14161 {
14162 register Lisp_Object tem;
14163 tem = XCAR (tail);
14164 if (EQ (propval, tem))
14165 return 1;
14166 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
14167 return 1;
14168 }
14169
14170 if (CONSP (propval))
14171 {
14172 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
14173 {
14174 Lisp_Object propelt;
14175 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
14176 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
14177 {
14178 register Lisp_Object tem;
14179 tem = XCAR (tail);
14180 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
14181 return 1;
14182 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
14183 return 1;
14184 }
14185 }
14186 }
14187
14188 return 0;
14189 }
14190
14191
14192 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
14193 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
14194 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
14195 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
14196 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
14197
14198 int
14199 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
14200 register Lisp_Object propval;
14201 Lisp_Object list;
14202 {
14203 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
14204
14205 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
14206 {
14207 register Lisp_Object tem;
14208 tem = XCAR (tail);
14209 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
14210 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
14211 }
14212
14213 if (CONSP (propval))
14214 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
14215 {
14216 Lisp_Object propelt;
14217 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
14218 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
14219 {
14220 register Lisp_Object tem;
14221 tem = XCAR (tail);
14222 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
14223 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
14224 }
14225 }
14226
14227 return 0;
14228 }
14229
14230
14231 \f
14232 /***********************************************************************
14233 Initialization
14234 ***********************************************************************/
14235
14236 void
14237 syms_of_xdisp ()
14238 {
14239 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
14240 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
14241
14242 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
14243 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
14244
14245 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
14246 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
14247
14248 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14249 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
14250 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
14251 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
14252 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
14253 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
14254 #endif
14255 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14256 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
14257 #endif
14258
14259 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
14260 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
14261
14262 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
14263 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
14264
14265 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
14266 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
14267
14268 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
14269 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
14270
14271 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
14272 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
14273
14274 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
14275 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
14276
14277 QCdata = intern (":data");
14278 staticpro (&QCdata);
14279 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
14280 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
14281 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
14282 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
14283 Qraise = intern ("raise");
14284 staticpro (&Qraise);
14285 Qspace = intern ("space");
14286 staticpro (&Qspace);
14287 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
14288 staticpro (&Qmargin);
14289 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
14290 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
14291 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
14292 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
14293 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
14294 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
14295 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
14296 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
14297 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
14298 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
14299 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
14300 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
14301 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
14302 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
14303 QCeval = intern (":eval");
14304 staticpro (&QCeval);
14305 Qwhen = intern ("when");
14306 staticpro (&Qwhen);
14307 QCfile = intern (":file");
14308 staticpro (&QCfile);
14309 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
14310 staticpro (&Qfontified);
14311 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
14312 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
14313 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
14314 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
14315 Qimage = intern ("image");
14316 staticpro (&Qimage);
14317 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
14318 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
14319 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
14320 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
14321 Qinhibit_menubar_update = intern ("inhibit-menubar-update");
14322 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update);
14323 Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay");
14324 staticpro (&Qinhibit_eval_during_redisplay);
14325
14326 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
14327 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
14328 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
14329 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
14330
14331 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14332 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
14333 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
14334
14335 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14336 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
14337 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
14338
14339 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
14340 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
14341
14342 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
14343 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
14344 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
14345 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
14346
14347 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
14348 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
14349 This is used for internal purposes.");
14350 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
14351
14352 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
14353 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
14354 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
14355
14356 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
14357 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
14358 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
14359 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
14360 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
14361
14362 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
14363 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
14364 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
14365
14366 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
14367 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
14368 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
14369 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
14370 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
14371 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
14372
14373 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
14374 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
14375 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
14376 in the window.");
14377 scroll_conservatively = 0;
14378
14379 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
14380 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
14381 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
14382 of the top or bottom of the window.");
14383 scroll_margin = 0;
14384
14385 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14386 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
14387 #endif
14388
14389 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
14390 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
14391 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
14392 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
14393
14394 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
14395 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
14396 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14397 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14398 \n\
14399 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14400 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14401
14402 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14403 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14404 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14405 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14406 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14407
14408 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14409 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14410 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14411 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14412 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14413 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14414
14415 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14416 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14417 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14418
14419 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14420 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14421 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14422 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14423 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14424
14425 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14426 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14427 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14428 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14429 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14430 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14431 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14432 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14433 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14434 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14435 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14436 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14437 Vicon_title_format
14438 = Vframe_title_format
14439 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14440 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14441 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14442 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14443 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14444 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14445 Qnil)))),
14446 Qnil)));
14447
14448 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14449 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14450 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14451 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14452 Vmessage_log_max = make_number (50);
14453
14454 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14455 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14456 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14457 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14458 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14459 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14460 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14461
14462 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14463 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14464 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14465 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14466 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14467 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14468
14469 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14470 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14471 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14472 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14473 otherwise.");
14474 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14475
14476 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14477 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14478 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14479
14480 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
14481 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.\n\
14482 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.\n\
14483 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with\n\
14484 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the\n\
14485 vertical margin.");
14486 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN);
14487
14488 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14489 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14490 tool_bar_button_relief = DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
14491
14492 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14493 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14494 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14495 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14496 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14497 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14498 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14499 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14500
14501 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14502 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14503 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14504 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14505 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14506 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14507 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14508 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14509
14510 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14511 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14512 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14513 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14514 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14515
14516 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14517 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14518 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14519 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14520 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14521 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14522 go back to their normal size.");
14523 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14524
14525 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14526 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14527 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14528 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14529 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14530
14531 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14532 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14533 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14534
14535 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14536 "List of supported image types.\n\
14537 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14538 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14539
14540 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14541 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14542 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14543 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14544
14545 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14546 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14547 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14548 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14549
14550 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update,
14551 "Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only.");
14552 inhibit_menubar_update = 0;
14553
14554 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-eval-during-redisplay", &inhibit_eval_during_redisplay,
14555 "Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay.");
14556 inhibit_eval_during_redisplay = 0;
14557 }
14558
14559
14560 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14561
14562 void
14563 init_xdisp ()
14564 {
14565 Lisp_Object root_window;
14566 struct window *mini_w;
14567
14568 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14569
14570 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14571
14572 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14573 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14574
14575 if (!noninteractive)
14576 {
14577 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14578 int i;
14579
14580 XWINDOW (root_window)->top = make_number (FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14581 set_window_height (root_window,
14582 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14583 0);
14584 mini_w->top = make_number (FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14585 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14586
14587 XWINDOW (root_window)->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14588 mini_w->width = make_number (FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14589
14590 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14591 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14592 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14593
14594 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14595 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14596 default_invis_vector[i] = make_number ('.');
14597 }
14598
14599 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14600 {
14601 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14602 int size = 100;
14603 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14604 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14605 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14606 }
14607 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14608
14609 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14610 }
14611
14612